Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

and so they established a new state

  • 1 establish

    i'stæbliʃ
    1) (to settle firmly in a position (eg a job, business etc): He established himself (in business) as a jeweller.) etablere, befeste, innrette
    2) (to found; to set up (eg a university, a business): How long has the firm been established?) grunnlegge, stifte, opprette
    3) (to show to be true; to prove: The police established that he was guilty.) bevise, bringe på det rene, fastslå
    •
    - establishment
    - the Establishment
    etablere
    --------
    grunne
    --------
    opprette
    --------
    stifte
    verb \/ɪˈstæblɪʃ\/, \/eˈstæblɪʃ\/
    1) opprette, grunnlegge, stifte, bygge
    2) skaffe plass hos, plassere
    3) utnevne, innsette, ansette, engasjere
    4) installere, etablere
    5) skape, innføre, opprette
    6) trygge, sikre, befeste, grunnfeste
    7) fastslå, bevise, bekrefte, påvise
    • how can we establish his innocence?
    8) forklaring: å gjøre trosretning eller kirke til statskirke
    9) ( kortspill) etablere en farge
    be established at være plassert i, ha sitt sete i
    establish as utnevne til
    establish one's claims gjøre sine krav gjeldende
    establish oneself skape seg et navn
    hun skapte seg et navn som en sterk leder etablere seg, åpne egen bedrift
    slå seg ned, installere seg, slå rot

    English-Norwegian dictionary > establish

  • 2 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 3 near cash

    !
    гос. фин. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    This paper provides background information on the framework for the planning and control of public expenditure in the UK which has been operated since the 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR). It sets out the different classifications of spending for budgeting purposes and why these distinctions have been adopted. It discusses how the public expenditure framework is designed to ensure both sound public finances and an outcome-focused approach to public expenditure.
    The UK's public spending framework is based on several key principles:
    "
    consistency with a long-term, prudent and transparent regime for managing the public finances as a whole;
    " "
    the judgement of success by policy outcomes rather than resource inputs;
    " "
    strong incentives for departments and their partners in service delivery to plan over several years and plan together where appropriate so as to deliver better public services with greater cost effectiveness; and
    "
    the proper costing and management of capital assets to provide the right incentives for public investment.
    The Government sets policy to meet two firm fiscal rules:
    "
    the Golden Rule states that over the economic cycle, the Government will borrow only to invest and not to fund current spending; and
    "
    the Sustainable Investment Rule states that net public debt as a proportion of GDP will be held over the economic cycle at a stable and prudent level. Other things being equal, net debt will be maintained below 40 per cent of GDP over the economic cycle.
    Achievement of the fiscal rules is assessed by reference to the national accounts, which are produced by the Office for National Statistics, acting as an independent agency. The Government sets its spending envelope to comply with these fiscal rules.
    Departmental Expenditure Limits ( DEL) and Annually Managed Expenditure (AME)
    "
    Departmental Expenditure Limit ( DEL) spending, which is planned and controlled on a three year basis in Spending Reviews; and
    "
    Annually Managed Expenditure ( AME), which is expenditure which cannot reasonably be subject to firm, multi-year limits in the same way as DEL. AME includes social security benefits, local authority self-financed expenditure, debt interest, and payments to EU institutions.
    More information about DEL and AME is set out below.
    In Spending Reviews, firm DEL plans are set for departments for three years. To ensure consistency with the Government's fiscal rules departments are set separate resource (current) and capital budgets. The resource budget contains a separate control total for “near cash” expenditure, that is expenditure such as pay and current grants which impacts directly on the measure of the golden rule.
    To encourage departments to plan over the medium term departments may carry forward unspent DEL provision from one year into the next and, subject to the normal tests for tautness and realism of plans, may be drawn down in future years. This end-year flexibility also removes any incentive for departments to use up their provision as the year end approaches with less regard to value for money. For the full benefits of this flexibility and of three year plans to feed through into improved public service delivery, end-year flexibility and three year budgets should be cascaded from departments to executive agencies and other budget holders.
    Three year budgets and end-year flexibility give those managing public services the stability to plan their operations on a sensible time scale. Further, the system means that departments cannot seek to bid up funds each year (before 1997, three year plans were set and reviewed in annual Public Expenditure Surveys). So the credibility of medium-term plans has been enhanced at both central and departmental level.
    Departments have certainty over the budgetary allocation over the medium term and these multi-year DEL plans are strictly enforced. Departments are expected to prioritise competing pressures and fund these within their overall annual limits, as set in Spending Reviews. So the DEL system provides a strong incentive to control costs and maximise value for money.
    There is a small centrally held DEL Reserve. Support from the Reserve is available only for genuinely unforeseeable contingencies which departments cannot be expected to manage within their DEL.
    AME typically consists of programmes which are large, volatile and demand-led, and which therefore cannot reasonably be subject to firm multi-year limits. The biggest single element is social security spending. Other items include tax credits, Local Authority Self Financed Expenditure, Scottish Executive spending financed by non-domestic rates, and spending financed from the proceeds of the National Lottery.
    AME is reviewed twice a year as part of the Budget and Pre-Budget Report process reflecting the close integration of the tax and benefit system, which was enhanced by the introduction of tax credits.
    AME is not subject to the same three year expenditure limits as DEL, but is still part of the overall envelope for public expenditure. Affordability is taken into account when policy decisions affecting AME are made. The Government has committed itself not to take policy measures which are likely to have the effect of increasing social security or other elements of AME without taking steps to ensure that the effects of those decisions can be accommodated prudently within the Government's fiscal rules.
    Given an overall envelope for public spending, forecasts of AME affect the level of resources available for DEL spending. Cautious estimates and the AME margin are built in to these AME forecasts and reduce the risk of overspending on AME.
    Together, DEL plus AME sum to Total Managed Expenditure (TME). TME is a measure drawn from national accounts. It represents the current and capital spending of the public sector. The public sector is made up of central government, local government and public corporations.
    Resource and Capital Budgets are set in terms of accruals information. Accruals information measures resources as they are consumed rather than when the cash is paid. So for example the Resource Budget includes a charge for depreciation, a measure of the consumption or wearing out of capital assets.
    "
    Non cash charges in budgets do not impact directly on the fiscal framework. That may be because the national accounts use a different way of measuring the same thing, for example in the case of the depreciation of departmental assets. Or it may be that the national accounts measure something different: for example, resource budgets include a cost of capital charge reflecting the opportunity cost of holding capital; the national accounts include debt interest.
    "
    Within the Resource Budget DEL, departments have separate controls on:
    "
    Near cash spending, the sub set of Resource Budgets which impacts directly on the Golden Rule; and
    "
    The amount of their Resource Budget DEL that departments may spend on running themselves (e.g. paying most civil servants’ salaries) is limited by Administration Budgets, which are set in Spending Reviews. Administration Budgets are used to ensure that as much money as practicable is available for front line services and programmes. These budgets also help to drive efficiency improvements in departments’ own activities. Administration Budgets exclude the costs of frontline services delivered directly by departments.
    The Budget preceding a Spending Review sets an overall envelope for public spending that is consistent with the fiscal rules for the period covered by the Spending Review. In the Spending Review, the Budget AME forecast for year one of the Spending Review period is updated, and AME forecasts are made for the later years of the Spending Review period.
    The 1998 Comprehensive Spending Review ( CSR), which was published in July 1998, was a comprehensive review of departmental aims and objectives alongside a zero-based analysis of each spending programme to determine the best way of delivering the Government's objectives. The 1998 CSR allocated substantial additional resources to the Government's key priorities, particularly education and health, for the three year period from 1999-2000 to 2001-02.
    Delivering better public services does not just depend on how much money the Government spends, but also on how well it spends it. Therefore the 1998 CSR introduced Public Service Agreements (PSAs). Each major government department was given its own PSA setting out clear targets for achievements in terms of public service improvements.
    The 1998 CSR also introduced the DEL/ AME framework for the control of public spending, and made other framework changes. Building on the investment and reforms delivered by the 1998 CSR, successive spending reviews in 2000, 2002 and 2004 have:
    "
    provided significant increase in resources for the Government’s priorities, in particular health and education, and cross-cutting themes such as raising productivity; extending opportunity; and building strong and secure communities;
    " "
    enabled the Government significantly to increase investment in public assets and address the legacy of under investment from past decades. Departmental Investment Strategies were introduced in SR2000. As a result there has been a steady increase in public sector net investment from less than ¾ of a per cent of GDP in 1997-98 to 2¼ per cent of GDP in 2005-06, providing better infrastructure across public services;
    " "
    introduced further refinements to the performance management framework. PSA targets have been reduced in number over successive spending reviews from around 300 to 110 to give greater focus to the Government’s highest priorities. The targets have become increasingly outcome-focused to deliver further improvements in key areas of public service delivery across Government. They have also been refined in line with the conclusions of the Devolving Decision Making Review to provide a framework which encourages greater devolution and local flexibility. Technical Notes were introduced in SR2000 explaining how performance against each PSA target will be measured; and
    "
    not only allocated near cash spending to departments, but also – since SR2002 - set Resource DEL plans for non cash spending.
    To identify what further investments and reforms are needed to equip the UK for the global challenges of the decade ahead, on 19 July 2005 the Chief Secretary to the Treasury announced that the Government intends to launch a second Comprehensive Spending Review (CSR) reporting in 2007.
    A decade on from the first CSR, the 2007 CSR will represent a long-term and fundamental review of government expenditure. It will cover departmental allocations for 2008-09, 2009-10 and 2010 11. Allocations for 2007-08 will be held to the agreed figures already announced by the 2004 Spending Review. To provide a rigorous analytical framework for these departmental allocations, the Government will be taking forward a programme of preparatory work over 2006 involving:
    "
    an assessment of what the sustained increases in spending and reforms to public service delivery have achieved since the first CSR. The assessment will inform the setting of new objectives for the decade ahead;
    " "
    an examination of the key long-term trends and challenges that will shape the next decade – including demographic and socio-economic change, globalisation, climate and environmental change, global insecurity and technological change – together with an assessment of how public services will need to respond;
    " "
    to release the resources needed to address these challenges, and to continue to secure maximum value for money from public spending over the CSR period, a set of zero-based reviews of departments’ baseline expenditure to assess its effectiveness in delivering the Government’s long-term objectives; together with
    "
    further development of the efficiency programme, building on the cross cutting areas identified in the Gershon Review, to embed and extend ongoing efficiency savings into departmental expenditure planning.
    The 2007 CSR also offers the opportunity to continue to refine the PSA framework so that it drives effective delivery and the attainment of ambitious national standards.
    Public Service Agreements (PSAs) were introduced in the 1998 CSR. They set out agreed targets detailing the outputs and outcomes departments are expected to deliver with the resources allocated to them. The new spending regime places a strong emphasis on outcome targets, for example in providing for better health and higher educational standards or service standards. The introduction in SR2004 of PSA ‘standards’ will ensure that high standards in priority areas are maintained.
    The Government monitors progress against PSA targets, and departments report in detail twice a year in their annual Departmental Reports (published in spring) and in their autumn performance reports. These reports provide Parliament and the public with regular updates on departments’ performance against their targets.
    Technical Notes explain how performance against each PSA target will be measured.
    To make the most of both new investment and existing assets, there needs to be a coherent long term strategy against which investment decisions are taken. Departmental Investment Strategies (DIS) set out each department's plans to deliver the scale and quality of capital stock needed to underpin its objectives. The DIS includes information about the department's existing capital stock and future plans for that stock, as well as plans for new investment. It also sets out the systems that the department has in place to ensure that it delivers its capital programmes effectively.
    This document was updated on 19 December 2005.
    Near-cash resource expenditure that has a related cash implication, even though the timing of the cash payment may be slightly different. For example, expenditure on gas or electricity supply is incurred as the fuel is used, though the cash payment might be made in arrears on aquarterly basis. Other examples of near-cash expenditure are: pay, rental.Net cash requirement the upper limit agreed by Parliament on the cash which a department may draw from theConsolidated Fund to finance the expenditure within the ambit of its Request forResources. It is equal to the agreed amount of net resources and net capital less non-cashitems and working capital.Non-cash cost costs where there is no cash transaction but which are included in a body’s accounts (or taken into account in charging for a service) to establish the true cost of all the resourcesused.Non-departmental a body which has a role in the processes of government, but is not a government public body, NDPBdepartment or part of one. NDPBs accordingly operate at arm’s length from governmentMinisters.Notional cost of a cost which is taken into account in setting fees and charges to improve comparability with insuranceprivate sector service providers.The charge takes account of the fact that public bodies donot generally pay an insurance premium to a commercial insurer.the independent body responsible for collecting and publishing official statistics about theUK’s society and economy. (At the time of going to print legislation was progressing tochange this body to the Statistics Board).Office of Government an office of the Treasury, with a status similar to that of an agency, which aims to maximise Commerce, OGCthe government’s purchasing power for routine items and combine professional expertiseto bear on capital projects.Office of the the government department responsible for discharging the Paymaster General’s statutoryPaymaster General,responsibilities to hold accounts and make payments for government departments and OPGother public bodies.Orange bookthe informal title for Management of Risks: Principles and Concepts, which is published by theTreasury for the guidance of public sector bodies.Office for NationalStatistics, ONS60Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    "
    GLOSSARYOverdraftan account with a negative balance.Parliament’s formal agreement to authorise an activity or expenditure.Prerogative powerspowers exercisable under the Royal Prerogative, ie powers which are unique to the Crown,as contrasted with common-law powers which may be available to the Crown on the samebasis as to natural persons.Primary legislationActs which have been passed by the Westminster Parliament and, where they haveappropriate powers, the Scottish Parliament and the Northern Ireland Assembly. Begin asBills until they have received Royal Assent.arrangements under which a public sector organisation contracts with a private sectorentity to construct a facility and provide associated services of a specified quality over asustained period. See annex 7.5.Proprietythe principle that patterns of resource consumption should respect Parliament’s intentions,conventions and control procedures, including any laid down by the PAC. See box 2.4.Public Accountssee Committee of Public Accounts.CommitteePublic corporationa trading body controlled by central government, local authority or other publiccorporation that has substantial day to day operating independence. See section 7.8.Public Dividend finance provided by government to public sector bodies as an equity stake; an alternative to Capital, PDCloan finance.Public Service sets out what the public can expect the government to deliver with its resources. EveryAgreement, PSAlarge government department has PSA(s) which specify deliverables as targets or aimsrelated to objectives.a structured arrangement between a public sector and a private sector organisation tosecure an outcome delivering good value for money for the public sector. It is classified tothe public or private sector according to which has more control.Rate of returnthe financial remuneration delivered by a particular project or enterprise, expressed as apercentage of the net assets employed.Regularitythe principle that resource consumption should accord with the relevant legislation, therelevant delegated authority and this document. See box 2.4.Request for the functional level into which departmental Estimates may be split. RfRs contain a number Resources, RfRof functions being carried out by the department in pursuit of one or more of thatdepartment’s objectives.Resource accountan accruals account produced in line with the Financial Reporting Manual (FReM).Resource accountingthe system under which budgets, Estimates and accounts are constructed in a similar wayto commercial audited accounts, so that both plans and records of expenditure allow in fullfor the goods and services which are to be, or have been, consumed – ie not just the cashexpended.Resource budgetthe means by which the government plans and controls the expenditure of resources tomeet its objectives.Restitutiona legal concept which allows money and property to be returned to its rightful owner. Ittypically operates where another person can be said to have been unjustly enriched byreceiving such monies.Return on capital the ratio of profit to capital employed of an accounting entity during an identified period.employed, ROCEVarious measures of profit and of capital employed may be used in calculating the ratio.Public Privatepartnership, PPPPrivate Finance Initiative, PFIParliamentaryauthority61Managing Public Money
    "
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARYRoyal charterthe document setting out the powers and constitution of a corporation established underprerogative power of the monarch acting on Privy Council advice.Second readingthe second formal time that a House of Parliament may debate a bill, although in practicethe first substantive debate on its content. If successful, it is deemed to denoteParliamentary approval of the principle of the proposed legislation.Secondary legislationlaws, including orders and regulations, which are made using powers in primary legislation.Normally used to set out technical and administrative provision in greater detail thanprimary legislation, they are subject to a less intense level of scrutiny in Parliament.European legislation is,however,often implemented in secondary legislation using powers inthe European Communities Act 1972.Service-level agreement between parties, setting out in detail the level of service to be performed.agreementWhere agreements are between central government bodies, they are not legally a contractbut have a similar function.Shareholder Executive a body created to improve the government’s performance as a shareholder in businesses.Spending reviewsets out the key improvements in public services that the public can expect over a givenperiod. It includes a thorough review of departmental aims and objectives to find the bestway of delivering the government’s objectives, and sets out the spending plans for the givenperiod.State aidstate support for a domestic body or company which could distort EU competition and sois not usually allowed. See annex 4.9.Statement of Excessa formal statement detailing departments’ overspends prepared by the Comptroller andAuditor General as a result of undertaking annual audits.Statement on Internal an annual statement that Accounting Officers are required to make as part of the accounts Control, SICon a range of risk and control issues.Subheadindividual elements of departmental expenditure identifiable in Estimates as single cells, forexample cell A1 being administration costs within a particular line of departmental spending.Supplyresources voted by Parliament in response to Estimates, for expenditure by governmentdepartments.Supply Estimatesa statement of the resources the government needs in the coming financial year, and forwhat purpose(s), by which Parliamentary authority is sought for the planned level ofexpenditure and income.Target rate of returnthe rate of return required of a project or enterprise over a given period, usually at least a year.Third sectorprivate sector bodies which do not act commercially,including charities,social and voluntaryorganisations and other not-for-profit collectives. See annex 7.7.Total Managed a Treasury budgeting term which covers all current and capital spending carried out by the Expenditure,TMEpublic sector (ie not just by central departments).Trading fundan organisation (either within a government department or forming one) which is largely orwholly financed from commercial revenue generated by its activities. Its Estimate shows itsnet impact, allowing its income from receipts to be devoted entirely to its business.Treasury Minutea formal administrative document drawn up by the Treasury, which may serve a wide varietyof purposes including seeking Parliamentary approval for the use of receipts asappropriations in aid, a remission of some or all of the principal of voted loans, andresponding on behalf of the government to reports by the Public Accounts Committee(PAC).62Managing Public Money
    ————————————————————————————————————————
    GLOSSARY63Managing Public MoneyValue for moneythe process under which organisation’s procurement, projects and processes aresystematically evaluated and assessed to provide confidence about suitability, effectiveness,prudence,quality,value and avoidance of error and other waste,judged for the public sectoras a whole.Virementthe process through which funds are moved between subheads such that additionalexpenditure on one is met by savings on one or more others.Votethe process by which Parliament approves funds in response to supply Estimates.Voted expenditureprovision for expenditure that has been authorised by Parliament. Parliament ‘votes’authority for public expenditure through the Supply Estimates process. Most expenditureby central government departments is authorised in this way.Wider market activity activities undertaken by central government organisations outside their statutory duties,using spare capacity and aimed at generating a commercial profit. See annex 7.6.Windfallmonies received by a department which were not anticipated in the spending review.
    ————————————————————————————————————————

    Англо-русский экономический словарь > near cash

  • 4 establish

    ɪsˈtæblɪʃ гл.
    1) укреплять, делать твердым, стойким Harriet's cheerful look and manner established hers. ≈ Бодрый вид и поведение Хэрриет укрепили ее дух.
    2) устанавливать, вводить They established friendly relations. ≈ Они установили дружеские отношения. We had already established contact with the museum. ≈ Мы уже наладили связи с музеем. to establish the edict ≈ издавать указ Syn: bring about, effect
    2.
    3) основывать, учреждать to establish a republic ≈ создать республику The school was established in 1989 by an Italian professor. ≈ Школа была основана в 1989 году итальянским профессором. Syn: found I, set up
    4) упрочивать, устраивать( на прочной или постоянной основе) We are now comfortably established in out new house. ≈ Мы уже удобно устроились в нашем новом доме. The role established her as a star. ≈ Эта роль упрочила ее положение как звезды. He established his son in business. ≈ Он устроил своего сына в коммерцию. Mr X was established as governor of the province. ≈ Мистер X стал правителем области. Syn: set up
    5) устанавливать, выяснять, определять established my innocence ≈ доказал мою невиновность It will be essential to establish how the money is being spent. ≈ Очень важно установить, как тратятся деньги. An autopsy was being done to establish the cause of death. ≈ Было произведено вскрытие, чтобы определить причину смерти. Syn: ascertain, prove основывать, учреждать;
    создавать, организовывать - to * a state создать государство - to * a newspaper основать газету - to * an international organization учредить международную организацию - *ed in 1901 существует с 1901 г. (о фирме) устанавливать, создавать - to * order навести порядок - to * conditions under which... создать условия, при которых... - to * a price in the market установить рыночную цену - to * relations установить отношения - to * a precedent создать прецедент - peace was *ed был установлен мир - the seat of the Court shall be *ed at the Hague местоприбыванием суда устанавливается Гаага упрочивать, укреплять;
    утверждать - to * one's health укрепить свое здоровье - to * one's reputation упрочить свою репутацию - to be *ed in the faith утвердиться в вере устраивать - to * one's son in business создать своему сыну положение в деловом мире - to * oneself устраиваться - to * oneself in a new house переехать в новый дом - to * oneself in literature создать себе имя в литературе - the doctor *ed a good practice in London доктор создал себе в Лондоне широкую практику - he *ed himself as a leading surgeon он занял положение ведущего хирурга - we *ed ourselves( военное) мы закрепились на местности устанавливать, выяснять, определять - to * smb.'s whereabouts установить чье-либо местопребывание - to * smb.'s name выяснить чью-либо фамилию - to * certain facts выяснить некоторые данные - facts *ed by the Commission факты, установленные комиссией - it is *ed beyond controversy that... бесспорно установлено, что... - the theory is not yet scientifically *ed эта теория еще научно не обоснована приняться( о растении) укоренить, вкоренить - the habit was now well *ed привычка уже стала прочной - this scientific belief is too well *ed to be overthrown это научное представление слишком укоренилось, чтобы его можно было опровергнуть назначать, устраивать ( на должность) ;
    возводить (в сан) издавать (закон) ;
    устанавливать (правило) ;
    вводить (систему) постановлять, устанавливать (законом) - as *ed by law как установлено законом, в установленном порядке (юридическое) доказывать - to * a claim обосновать претензию (на что-либо) - to * a fact установить (какой-либо) факт - to * smb.'s guilt установить чью-либо виновность - to * a point обосновать положение утверждать - to a will утвердить( судом) завещание( юридическое) (редкое) передавать права (кому-либо) (специальное) заложить (фундамент) разбить( трассу, сад) (военное) развертывать (склад, госпиталь) (финансовое) открывать (аккредитив) > to * a Church возвести церковь в положение господствующей establish выяснять ~ (юридически) доказать ~ доказывать ~ заложить (фундамент) ~ назначать ~ определять ~ организовывать ~ основывать, создавать, учреждать ~ основывать;
    создавать;
    учреждать ~ основывать ~ открывать (аккредитив) ~ открывать аккредитив ~ создавать ~ укреплять ~ упрочивать;
    to establish one's health восстановить свое здоровье;
    to establish one's reputation упрочить свою репутацию ~ упрочивать ~ устанавливать (обычай, факт) ~ устанавливать, создавать;
    устраивать;
    to establish favourable conditions( for smth.) создать благоприятные условия (для чего-л.) ~ устанавливать ~ устраивать ~ учреждать ~ a fund учреждать фонд ~ a market создавать рынок ~ a precedent создавать прецедент ~ a right устанавливать право ~ a trust создавать траст ~ a trust учреждать траст ~ a trust for endowment of учреждать дарственный фонд ~ устанавливать, создавать;
    устраивать;
    to establish favourable conditions (for smth.) создать благоприятные условия (для чего-л.) ~ упрочивать;
    to establish one's health восстановить свое здоровье;
    to establish one's reputation упрочить свою репутацию ~ упрочивать;
    to establish one's health восстановить свое здоровье;
    to establish one's reputation упрочить свою репутацию ~ oneself as устраиваться в качестве to ~ oneself in a new house поселиться в новом доме ~ that waiver is in order обосновывать законность отказа

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > establish

  • 5 VERA

    * * *
    I)
    (er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.
    1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;
    2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;
    3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;
    4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;
    5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;
    6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;
    7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;
    8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;
    9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;
    10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.
    f.
    1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;
    2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).
    * * *
    older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.
    A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:
    I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.
    2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.
    3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.
    II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.
    2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.
    3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.
    4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).
    III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.
    IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.
    B. USAGE.—To be:
    I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.
    2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.
    3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.
    4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.
    5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).
    II. with a predicate:
    1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.
    2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.
    3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.
    4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.
    5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.
    6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.
    III. irregular usages:
    1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.
    2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.
    IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.
    V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).
    VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA

  • 6 statuo

    stătŭo, ui, utum, 3, v. a. [statum, sup. of sto], to cause to stand (cf.: colloco, pono).
    I.
    Corporeally.
    A.
    To cause to stand, set up, set, station, fix in an upright position.
    1.
    To set up, set in the ground, erect:

    ibi arbores pedicino in lapide statuito,

    Cato, R. R. 18:

    inter parietes arbores ubi statues,

    id. ib.:

    stipites statuito,

    id. ib.:

    palis statutis crebris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 14 init.:

    pedamenta jacentia statuenda,

    are to be raised, Col. 4, 26:

    pedamentum inter duas vitis,

    Plin. 17, 22, 21, § 194:

    hic statui volo primum aquilam,

    the standard of the troops, Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:

    signifer, statue signum,

    plant the ensign, Liv. 5, 55, 1; Val. Max. 1, 5, 1.—
    2.
    To plant (rare):

    eodem modo vineam statuito, alligato, flexatoque uti fuerit,

    Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 198:

    agro qui statuit meo Te, triste lignum (i. e. arborem),

    Hor. C. 2, 13, 10.—
    3.
    In gen., to place, set or fix, set up, set forth things or persons.
    a.
    Without specifying the place:

    ollam statuito cum aqua,

    let a jar stand with water, Cato, R. R. 156 (157):

    crateras magnos statuunt, i. e. on the table,

    Verg. A. 1, 724; so,

    crateras laeti statuunt,

    id. ib. 7, 147: haec carina satis probe fundata et bene statuta est, well placed, i. e. so that the hull stands perpendicularly (cf.:

    bene lineatam carinam collocavit, v. 42),

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 44:

    nec quidquam explicare, nec statuere potuerant, nec quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia perscindente vento,

    Liv. 21, 58, 7:

    eo die tabernacula statui passus non est,

    to pitch, Caes. B. C. 1, 81; so, aciem statuere, to draw up an army:

    aciem quam arte statuerat, latius porrigit,

    Sall. J. 52, 6.—
    b.
    With designation of the place by in and abl.; by adv. of place; by ante, apud, ad, circa, super, and acc.; by pro and abl.; by abl. alone (very rare), or by in and acc. (very rare): signa domi pro supellectile statuere, Cato ap. Prisc. 7, 19, 95 (p. 782 P.):

    statuite hic lectulos,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:

    etiamsi in caelo Capitolium statueretur,

    Cic. Or. 3, 46, 180:

    statuitur Sollius in illo gladiatorum convivio... atuitur, ut dico, eques Romanus in Apronii convivio,

    is taken to the banquet, id. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 sq.:

    tabernacula in foro statuere,

    Liv. 39, 46, 3:

    in principiis statuit tabernaculum,

    Nep. Eum. 7, 1:

    in nostris castris tibi tabernaculum statue,

    Curt. 5, 11, 6; 8, 13, 20:

    statui in medium undique conspicuum tabernaculum jussit,

    id. 9, 6, 1:

    (sagittae) longae, nisi prius in terra statuerent arcum, haud satis apte imponuntur,

    id. 8, 14, 19:

    sedes curules sacerdotum Augustalium locis, superque eas querceae coronae statuerentur,

    Tac. A. 2, 83:

    donum deae apud Antium statuitur,

    id. ib. 3, 71:

    pro rigidis calamos columnis,

    Ov. F. 3, 529:

    jamque ratem Scythicis auster statuisset in oris,

    Val. Fl. 3, 653:

    statuere vas in loco frigido,

    Pall. Oct. 22.—Of living beings:

    capite in terram statuerem, Ut cerebro dispergat viam,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 18:

    qui capite ipse sua in statuit vestigia sese (= qui sese ipse capite in sua vestigia statuit),

    i. e. stands on his head, Lucr. 4, 472:

    patrem ejus a mortuis excitasses, statuisses ante oculos,

    Cic. Or. 1, 57, 245:

    captivos vinctos in medio statuit,

    Liv. 21, 42, 1:

    ubi primum equus Curtium in vado statuit,

    id. 1, 13, 5:

    quattuor cohortes in fronte statuit,

    id. 28, 33, 12:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    id. 42, 58, 10:

    puerum ad canendum ante tibicinem cum statuisset,

    id. 7, 2, 9:

    procul in conspectu eum (Philopoemenem) statuerunt,

    id. 39, 49, 11:

    media porta robora legionum, duabus circa portis milites levemque armaturam statuit,

    id. 23, 16, 8:

    bovem ad fanum Dianae et ante aram statuit,

    id. 1, 45, 6:

    cum Calchanta circa aram statuisset,

    Val. Max. 8, 11, ext. 6:

    marium si qui eo loci statuisset,

    id. 3, 1, 2 fin.:

    adulescentes ante Caesarem statuunt,

    Tac. A. 4, 8:

    in fronte statuerat ferratos, in cornibus cohortes,

    id. ib. 3, 45:

    puer quis Ad cyathum statuetur?

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8:

    tu cum pro vitula statuis dulcem Aulide natam Ante aras,

    id. S. 2, 3, 199:

    et statuam ante aras aurata fronte juvencum,

    Verg. A. 9, 627:

    clara regione profundi Aetheros innumeri statuerunt agmina cygni,

    Stat. Th. 3, 525.—
    4. a.
    Of statues, temples, columns, altars, trophies, etc.; constr. with acc. alone, or acc. of the structure and dat. of the person for whom or in whose honor it is erected:

    siquidem mihi aram et statuam statuis,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 122:

    huic statuam statui decet ex auro,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 1:

    ne ego aurea pro statua vineam tibi statuam,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 52:

    eique statuam equestrem in rostris statui placere,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 15, 41; so id. ib. 9, 5, 10; 9, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 62, § 151; 2, 2, 20, § 48; so,

    simulacrum alicui statuere,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    effigiem,

    Verg. A. 2, 184:

    Mancinus eo habitu sibi statuit quo, etc. (effigiem),

    Plin. 34, 5, 10, § 18:

    simulacrum in curia,

    Tac. A. 14, 12:

    quanam in civitate tempium statueretur,

    id. ib. 4, 55:

    se primos templum urbis Romae statuisse,

    id. ib. 4, 56; so id. ib. 4, 15:

    nec tibi de Pario statuam, Germanice, templum,

    Ov. P. 4, 8, 31:

    templa tibi statuam, tribuam tibi turis honorem,

    id. M. 14, 128:

    super terrae tumulum noluit quid statui nisi columellam,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 66:

    victimas atque aras diis Manibus statuentes,

    Tac. A. 3, 2:

    statuitque aras e cespite,

    Ov. M. 7, 240:

    statuantur arae,

    Sen. Med. 579:

    aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    monumentum,

    id. ib. § 70; so,

    in alio orbe tropaea statuere,

    Curt. 7, 7, 14;

    so,

    Plin. 3, 3, 4, § 18: ut illum di perdant qui primus statuit hic solarium, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Gell. 3, 3, 5:

    princeps Romanis solarium horologium statuisse L. Papirius Cursor proditur,

    Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 213:

    a miliario in capite Romani fori statuto,

    id. 3, 5, 9, § 66:

    carceres eo anno in Circo primum statuti,

    Liv. 8, 20, 1:

    quo molem hanc immanis equi statuere?

    Verg. A. 2, 150:

    multo altiorem statui crucem jussit,

    Suet. Galb. 9:

    obeliscam,

    Plin. 36, 9, 14, § 71:

    at nunc disturba quas statuisti machinas,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 137:

    incensis operibus quae statuerat,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4:

    si vallum statuitur procul urbis illecebris,

    Tac. A. 4, 2:

    castra in quinto lapide a Carthagine statuit,

    Just. 22, 6, 9.—
    b.
    Poet. and in post-class. prose (rare):

    aliquem statuere = alicui statuam statuere: inter et Aegidas media statuaris in urbe,

    Ov. H. 2, 67:

    statuarque tumulo hilaris et coronatus,

    my statue will be erected, Tac. Dial. 13; so with two acc.: custodem medio statuit quam vilicus horto, whose statue he placed as protectress, etc., Mart. 3, 68, 9; cf.

    in double sense: nudam te statuet, i. e. nudam faciet (= nudabit fortunis), and statuam tibi nu dam faciet,

    Mart. 4, 28, 8.—
    5.
    Of cities, etc., to establish, found, build (in class. prose usu. condo):

    Agamemnon tres ibi urbes statuit,

    Vell. 1, 1, 2:

    urbem quam statuo vestra est,

    Verg. A. 1, 573:

    urbom praeclaram,

    id. ib. 4, 655:

    Persarum statuit Babylona Semiramis urbem,

    Prop. 3, 11 (4, 10), 21:

    ibi civitatem statuerunt,

    Just. 23, 1; so,

    licentia et impunitas asyla statuendi (= aperiendi),

    Tac. A. 3, 60.—Hence, transf.: carmen statuere = carmen condere, to compose, devise a song:

    nunc volucrum... inexpertum carmen, quod tacita statuere bruma,

    Stat. S. 4, 5, 12.—
    B.
    To cause to stand still, to stop (rare; cf.

    sisto, III. B.): navem extemplo statuimus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 57:

    et statuit fessos, fessus et ipse, boves,

    Prop. 4 (5), 9, 4:

    famuli hoc modo statuerunt aquas,

    Arn. 1, p. 30: sanguinem, Oct. Hor. 4.—
    C.
    To cause to stand firm, strengthen, support (rare; = stabilire), only transf.: qui rem publicam certo animo adjuverit, statuerit, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 56, 120 (Trag. Rel. v. 357 Rib.).
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To establish, constitute (= constituo).
    1.
    Esp.: exemplum or documentum (v. edo fin., and cf. Sen. Phoen. 320), to set forth an example or precedent for warning or imitation:

    statuite exemplum impudenti, date pudori praemium,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 6:

    exemplum statuite in me ut adulescentuli Vobis placere studeant potius quam sibi,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 51; Auct. Her. 4, 35, 47:

    ut illi intellegere possint, in quo homine statueris exemplum hujus modi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 45, § 111:

    in quos aliquid exempli populus Romanus statui putat oportere,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 90, §

    210: statuam in te exemplum, ne quis posthac infelicibus miseriis patriae illudat,

    Just. 8, 7, 14:

    documentum autem statui oportere, si quis resipiscat et antiquam societatem respiciat,

    Liv. 24, 45, 5: statueretur immo [p. 1753] documentum, quo uxorem imperator acciperet, a precedent, Tac. A. 12, 6.—
    2.
    Jus statuere, to establish a principle or relation of law:

    ut (majores nostri) omnia omnium rerum jura statuerint,

    Cic. Caecin. 12, 34: qui magistratum potestatemve habebit, si quid in aliquem novi juris statuerit, ipse quoque, adversario postulante, eodem jure uti debebit, if he has established any new principle of law, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 2, 2, 1, § 1:

    si quid injungere inferiori velis, id prius in te ac tuos si ipse juris statueris, facilius omnes oboedientes habeas,

    if you first admit it against yourself, Liv. 26, 36, 3:

    si dicemus in omnibus aequabile jus statui convenire,

    equal principles of law should be applied to all, Auct. Her. 3, 3, 4. —
    3.
    In gen., to establish by authority (of relations, institutions, rights, duties, etc.):

    (Numa) omnis partis religionis statuit sanctissime,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 14, 26:

    hoc judicium sic exspectatur ut non unae rei statui, sed omnibus constitui putetur,

    id. Tull. 15, 36:

    ad formandos animos statuendasque vitae leges, Quint. prooem. 14: sic hujus (virtutis) ut caelestium statuta magnitudo est,

    Sen. Ep. 79, 10:

    vectigal etiam novum ex salaria annona statuerunt,

    Liv. 29, 37, 2:

    novos statuere fines,

    id. 42, 24, 8:

    neque eos quos statuit terminos observat,

    id. 21, 44, 5:

    quibus rebus cum pax statuta esset,

    Just. 5, 10, 8; so id. 25, 1, 1:

    sedesque ibi statuentibus,

    id. 18, 5, 11.—
    4.
    With double acc., to constitute, appoint, create:

    Hirtius arbitrum me statuebat non modo hujus rei, sed totius consulatus sui,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1, a, 2:

    telluris erum natura nec illum, nec quemquam constituit,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 130:

    de principatu (vinorum) se quisque judicem statuet,

    Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 59:

    praefectus his statuitur Andragoras,

    Just. 21, 4, 5.—
    B.
    To determine, fix, etc. (of temporal or local relations); constr. usually with acc. and dat. or acc. and gen.
    1.
    Modum statuere alicui or alicujus rei, to determine the manner, mode, or measure of, assign limits, restrictions or restraints to a thing or person, to impose restraints upon.
    (α).
    With dat.:

    diuturnitati imperii modum statuendum putavistis,

    that a limit should be assigned to the duration of his power, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 26:

    statui mihi tum modum et orationi meae,

    imposed restraints upon myself and my words, id. Verr. 2, 5, 63, § 163:

    non statuendo felicitati modum, nec cohibendo fortunam,

    by not assigning any limits to his success, Liv. 30, 30, 23 (Pompeium) affirmabant, libertati publicae statuturum modum, Vell. 2, 40:

    cupidinibus statuat natura modum,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 111:

    quem modum sibi ipsa statuit (crudelitas)?

    Val. Max. 9, 2 pr.:

    modum ipsae res statuunt (i. e. sibi),

    Plin. 28, 15, 61, § 216:

    modum nuptiarum sumptibus statuerunt,

    Just. 21, 4, 5:

    timori quem meo statuam modum?

    Sen. Thyest. 483;

    and with finem: jam statui aerumnis modum et finem cladi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 206. —
    (β).
    With gen.:

    honestius te inimicitiarum modum statuere potuisse quam me humanitatis,

    Cic. Sull. 17, 48:

    ipse modum statuam carminis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 44:

    errorisque sui sic statuisse modum,

    Prop. 3, 12 (4, 11), 36:

    modum statuunt fellis pondere denarii,

    they limit the quantity of the gall to the weight of a denarius, Plin. 28, 19, 77, § 254.—
    2.
    Condicionem or legem alicui, to impose a condition or law upon one, to dictate, assign a condition to:

    hanc tu condicionem statuis Gaditanis,

    Cic. Balb. 10, 25:

    providete ne duriorem vobis condicionem statuatis ordinique vestro quam ferre possit,

    id. Rab. Post. 6, 15:

    alter eam sibi legem statuerat ut, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 6, 12: pretio statuta lege ne modum excederet, etc., the law being assigned to the price that not, etc., i. e. the price being limited by the law, etc., Plin. 33, 7, 40, § 118:

    pacis legem universae Graeciae statuit,

    Just. 9, 5, 2.—So with ellipsis of dat., to agree upon, stipulate:

    statutis condicionibus,

    Just. 6, 1, 3:

    omnibus consentientibus Carthago conditur, statuto annuo vectigali pro solo urbis,

    id. 18, 5, 14. —
    3.
    Finem, to assign or put an end to, make an end of:

    haud opinor commode Finem statuisse orationi militem,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 21:

    et finem statuit cuppedinis atque timoris,

    Lucr. 6, 25:

    cum Fulvius Flaccus finem poenae eorum statuere cogeretur,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, ext. 1: majores vestri omnium magnarum rerum et principia exorsi ab diis sunt, et finem statuerunt, finished, Liv. 45, 39, 10; so,

    terminum: nam templis numquam statuetur terminus aevi,

    Stat. S. 3, 1, 180:

    cum consilii tui bene fortiterque suscepti eum tibi finem statueris, quem ipsa fortuna terminum nostrarum contentionum esse voluisset,

    since you have assigned that end, Cic. Fam. 6, 22, 2.—
    4.
    Pretium alicui rei, to assign a price to something; fix, determine the price of something:

    quae probast mers, pretium ei statuit,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 132:

    numquam avare pretium statui arti meae,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 48:

    statuit frumento pretium,

    Tac. A. 2, 87; so with dat. understood:

    ut eos (obsides) pretio quantum ipsi statuissent patres redimi paterentur,

    Liv. 45, 42, 7:

    pretium statuit (i. e. vecturae et sali),

    id. 45, 29, 13; so with in and acc.: ut in singulas amphoras (vini) centeni nummi statuantur, that the price may be set down at 100 sesterces for an amphora, Plin. 14, 4, 6, § 56.—
    5.
    Statuere diem, horam, tempus, locum alicui rei, or alicui, or with dat. gerund., to assign or appoint a day, time, place, etc. (for the more usual diem dicere):

    statutus est comitiis dies,

    Liv. 24, 27, 1:

    diem patrando facinori statuerat,

    id. 35, 35, 15:

    multitudini diem statuit ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,

    Sall. C. 36, 2:

    dies insidiis statuitur,

    id. J. 70, 3:

    ad tempus locumque colloquio statuendum,

    Liv. 28, 35, 4:

    subverti leges quae sua spatia (= tempora) quaerendis aut potiundis honoribus statuerint,

    Tac. A. 2, 36.—With ellipsis of dat.:

    observans quem statuere diem,

    Mart. 4, 54, 6:

    noctem unam poscit: statuitur nox,

    Tac. A. 13, 44.—Esp. in the part. statutus, fixed, appointed (in MSS. and edd. often confounded with status; v. sisto fin.):

    institum ut quotannis... libri diebus statutis (statis) recitarentur,

    Suet. Claud. 42:

    ut die statuta omnes equos ante regiam producerent,

    Just. 1, 10, 1:

    quaedam (genera) statutum tempus anni habent,

    Plin. 17, 18, 30, § 135:

    fruges quoque maturitatem statuto tempore expectant,

    Curt. 6, 3, 7:

    sacrificium non esse redditum statuto tempore,

    id. 8, 2, 6:

    statuto tempore quo urbem Mithridati traderet,

    Just. 16, 4, 9:

    cum ad statutam horam omnes convenissent,

    id. 1, 10, 8:

    intra tempus statutum,

    fixed by the law, Dig. 4, 4, 19 and 20.—
    6.
    To recount, count up, state (very rare): statue sex et quinquaginta annos, quibus mox divus Augustus rempublicam rexit: adice Tiberii tres et viginti... centum et viginti anni colliguntur, count, fix the number at, Tac. Or. 17:

    Cinyphiae segetis citius numerabis aristas... quam tibi nostrorum statuatur summa laborum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 29.—
    C.
    To decide, determine, with reference to a result, to settle, fix, bring about, choose, make a decision.
    1.
    Of disputes, differences, questions, etc., between others.
    (α).
    With interrog.-clause:

    ut statuatis hoc judicio utrum posthac amicitias clarorum virorum calamitati hominibus an ornamento esse malitis,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65:

    eam potestatem habetis ut statuatis utrum nos... semper miseri lugeamus, an, etc.,

    id. Mil. 2, 4:

    in hoc homine statuatis, possitne senatoribus judicantibus homo nocentissim us pecuniosissimusque damnari,

    id. Verr. 1, 16, 47:

    vos statuite, recuperatores, utra (sententia) utilior esse videatur,

    id. Caecin. 27, 77:

    decidis tu statuisque quid iis ad denarium solveretur,

    id. Quint. 4, 17:

    magni esse judicis statuere quid quemque cuique praestare oporteret,

    id. Off. 3, 17, 70:

    mihi vero Pompeius statuisse videtur quid vos in judicando spectare oporteret,

    id. Mil. 6, 15:

    semel (senatus) statuerent quid donatum Masinissae vellent,

    Liv. 42, 23:

    nec quid faciendum modo sit statuunt, sed, etc.,

    decide, dictate, id. 44, 22:

    nondum statuerat conservaret eum necne,

    Nep. Eum. 11, 2:

    statutumque (est) quantum curules, quantum plebei pignoris caperent,

    Tac. A. 13, 28: semel nobis esse statuendum quod consilium in illo sequamur, August. ap. Suet. Claud. 4. —
    (β).
    With de:

    ut consules de Caesaris actis cognoscerent, statuerent, judicarent,

    Cic. Att. 16, 16, B, 8:

    et collegas suos de religione statuisse, in senatu de lege statuturos,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    ut de absente eo C. Licinius statueret ac judicaret,

    Liv. 42, 22:

    si de summa rerum liberum senatui permittat rex statuendi jus,

    id. 42, 62: qui ab exercitu ab imperatore eove cui de ea re statuendi potestas fuerit, dimissus erit, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 3, 2, 1.—Often with reference to punishment:

    cum de P. Lentulo ceterisque statuetis, pro certo habetote, vos simul de exercitu Catilinae decernere,

    Sall. C. 52, 17:

    satis visum de Vestilia statuere,

    to pass sentence against, Tac. A. 2, 85:

    jus statuendi de procuratoribus,

    id. ib. 12, 54:

    facta patribus potestate statuendi de Caeciliano,

    id. ib. 6, 7; so id. ib. 13, 28; cf. id. ib. 15, 14; 2, 85; Suet. Tib. 61 fin. —In partic.: de se statuere, to decide on, or dispose of one's self, i. e. of one's life, = to commit suicide:

    eorum qui de se statuebant humabantur corpora,

    Tac. A. 6, 29.—
    (γ).
    With de and abl. and interrog.-clause:

    si quibusdam populis permittendum esse videatur ut statuant ipsi de suis rebus quo jure uti velint,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 22.—
    (δ).
    With contra:

    consequeris tamen ut eos ipsos quos contra statuas aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34. —
    (ε).
    With indef. obj., usu. a neutr. pron.:

    utrum igitur hoc Graeci statuent... an nostri praetores?

    Cic. Fl. 12, 27:

    dixisti quippiam: fixum (i. e. id) et statutum est,

    id. Mur. 30, 62:

    eoque utrique quod statuit contenti sunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87:

    senatus, ne quid absente rege statueret,

    Liv. 39, 24, 13:

    maturato opus est, quidquid statuere placet (senatui),

    id. 8, 13, 17:

    id ubi in P. Licinio ita statutum est,

    id. 41, 15, 10:

    interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43:

    quid in futurum statuerim, aperiam,

    Tac. A. 4, 37:

    utque rata essent quae procuratores sui in judicando statuerent,

    Suet. Claud. 12;

    qul statuit aliquid parte inaudita altera, aequum licet statuerit, haud aequus fuit,

    Sen. Med. 2, 199:

    non ergo quod libet statuere arbiter potest,

    Dig. 4, 8, 32, § 15; cf.:

    earum rerum quas Caesar statuisset, decrevisset, egisset,

    Cic. Att. 16, 16, C, 11.—
    (ζ).
    With de or super and abl.:

    vos de crudelissimis parricidis quid statuatis cunctamini?

    Sall. C. 52, 31:

    nihil super ea re nisi ex voluntate filii statuere,

    Suet. Tib. 13:

    ne quid super tanta re absente principe statueretur,

    Tac. H. 4, 9.—
    (η).
    Absol., mostly pass. impers.:

    ita expediri posse consilium ut pro merito cujusque statueretur,

    Liv. 8, 14, 1:

    tunc ut quaeque causa erit statuetis,

    id. 3, 53, 10:

    non ex rumore statuendum,

    decisions should not be founded on rumors, Tac. A. 3, 69.—
    (θ).
    With cognoscere, to examine ( officially) and decide:

    petit ut vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem statuere jubeat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19:

    consuli ut cognosceret statueretque senatus permiserat,

    Liv. 39, 3, 2:

    missuros qui de eorum controversiis cognoscerent statuerentque,

    id. 40, 20, 1; 45, 13, 11:

    quod causa cognita erit statuendum,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 8.—
    2.
    With reference to the mind of the subject, to decide, to make up one's mind, conclude, determine, be convinced, usu. with interrog.clause:

    numquam intellegis, statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi homicidae sint an vindices libertatis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 12, 30:

    illud mirum videri solet, tot homines... statuere non potuisse, utrum judicem an arbitrum, rem an litem dici oporteret,

    id. Mur. 12, 27:

    neque tamen possum statuere, utrum magis mirer, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    ipsi statuerent, quo tempore possent suo jure arma capere,

    id. Tull. 5, 12:

    ut statuerem quid esset faciendum,

    id. Att. 7, 26, 3:

    statuere enim qui sit sapiens, vel maxime videtur esse sapientis,

    id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:

    si habes jam statutum quid tibi agendum putes,

    id. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    tu quantum tribuendum nobis putes statuas ipse, et, ut spero, statues ex nostra dignitate,

    id. ib. 5, 8, 4:

    vix statui posse utrum quae pro se, an quae contra fratrem petiturus esset ab senatu magis impetrabilia forent,

    Liv. 45, 19, 6:

    quam satis statuerat, utram foveret partem,

    id. 42, 29, 11:

    posse ipsam Liviam statuere, nubendum post Drusum, an, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 40:

    statue quem poenae extrahas,

    Sen. Troad. 661.—So with apud animum, to make up one's mind:

    vix statuere apud animum meum possum atrum pejor ipsa res an pejore exemplo agatur,

    Liv. 34, 2, 4:

    proinde ipsi primum statuerent apud animos quid vellent,

    id. 6, 39, 11.—Rarely with neutr, pron. as object:

    quidquid nos de communi sententia statuerimus,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2:

    sic statue, quidquid statuis, ut causam famamque tuam in arto stare scias,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1306.—
    D.
    To decree, order, prescribe.
    1.
    With ut or ne: statuunt ut decem milia hominum in oppidum submittantur, [p. 1754] Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    eos (Siculos) statuisse ut hoc quod dico postularet,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 103:

    statuunt illi atque decernunt ut eae litterae... removerentur,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 71, §

    173: statuit iste ut arator... vadimonium promitteret,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 15, §

    38: orare patres ut statuerent ne absentium nomina reciperentur,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 42, §

    103: statuitur ne post M. Brutum proconsulem sit Creta provincia,

    id. Phil. 2, 38, 97:

    (Tiberius) auxit patrum honorem statuendo ut qui ad senatum provocavissent, etc.,

    Tac. A. 14, 28:

    statuiturque (a senatu) ut... in servitute haberentur,

    id. ib. 12, 53.—So of a decree, determination, or agreement by several persons or parties to be carried out by each of them:

    statutum esse (inter plebem et Poenos) ut... impedimenta diriperent,

    Liv. 23, 16, 6:

    Athenienses cum statuerent, ut urbe relicta naves conscenderent,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48:

    statuunt ut fallere custodes tentent,

    Ov. M. 4, 84.—
    2.
    With acc. (post-Aug.):

    remedium statuere,

    to prescribe a remedy against public abuses, Tac. A. 3, 28; 6, 4:

    Caesar ducentesimam (vectigalis) in posterum statuit,

    decreed that one half of one per cent. be the tax, id. ib. 2, 42.—So with sic (= hoc):

    sic, di, statuistis,

    Ov. M. 4, 661.—
    3.
    With dat. and acc. (not ante-Aug.):

    eis (Vestalibus) stipendium de publico statuit,

    decreed, allowed a salary, Liv. 1, 20, 3:

    Aurelio quoque annuam pecuniam statuit princeps,

    decreed, granted, Tac. A. 13, 34:

    biduum criminibus obiciendis statuitur,

    are allowed, id. ib. 3, 13:

    itaque et alimenta pueris statuta... et patribus praemia statuta,

    Just. 12, 4, 8:

    ceu Aeolus insanis statuat certamina ventis,

    Stat. Th. 6, 300:

    non hoc statui sub tempore rebus occasum Aeoniis,

    id. ib. 7, 219:

    statuere alicui munera,

    Val. Fl. 2, 566.—
    4.
    With dat. and interrog.-clause:

    cur his quoque statuisti quantum ex hoc genere frumenti darent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 21, § 53:

    ordo iis quo quisque die supplicarent, statutus,

    Liv. 7, 28, 8.—
    5.
    In partic., of punishment, etc., to decree, measure out, inflict.
    (α).
    With poenam, etc., with or without in and acc. pers. (mostly post-Aug.):

    considerando... in utra (lege) major poena statuatur,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 145:

    poenam statui par fuisse,

    Tac. A. 14, 49:

    qui non judicium, sed poenam statui videbant,

    id. ib. 11, 6:

    eadem poena in Catum Firmium statuitur,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    senatu universo in socios facinoris ultimam statuente poenam,

    Suet. Caes. 14;

    so with mercedem (= poenam): debuisse gravissimam temeritatis mercedem statui,

    Liv. 39, 55, 3; cf.

    also: Thrasea, non quidquid nocens reus pati mereretur, id egregio sub principe statuendum disseruit,

    Tac. A. 14, 48.— Absol.:

    non debere eripi patribus vim statuendi (sc. poenas),

    Tac. A. 3, 70.—
    (β).
    With indef. obj., generally with in and acc.: aliquid gravius in aliquem, to proceed severely against:

    obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    fac aliquid gravius in Hejum statuisse Mamertinos,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 19:

    res monet cavere ab illis magis quam quid in illos statuamus consultare,

    Sall. C. 52, 3:

    qui cum triste aliquid statuit, fit tristis et ipse,

    Ov. P. 2, 2, 119:

    si quid ob eam rem de se crudelius statuerent,

    Just. 2, 15, 10.—
    (γ).
    With a word expressing the kind of punishment (post-Aug.):

    in Pompeiam Sabinam exilium statuitur,

    Tac. A. 6, 24 (18).—
    (δ).
    De capite, to pass sentence of death:

    legem illam praeclaram quae de capite civis Romani nisi comitiis centuriatis statui vetaret,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61.—
    E.
    Referring to one's own acts, to resolve, determine, purpose, to propose, with inf. (first in Cic.;

    freq. and class.): statuit ab initio et in eo perseveravit, jus publicano non dicere,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 5, 10:

    P. Clodius cum statuisset omni scelere in praetura vexare rem publicam,

    id. Mil. 9, 24:

    statuerat excusare,

    to decline the office, id. Lig. 7, 21:

    cum statuissem scribere ad te aliquid,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    quod iste certe statuerat et deliberaverat non adesse,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1:

    se statuisse animum advertere in omnes nauarchos,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §

    105: nam statueram in perpetuum tacere,

    id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:

    statueram... nihil de illo dicere,

    id. Fragm. Clod. 1, 1:

    statueram recta Appia Romam (i. e. venire),

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    Pompeius statuerat bello decertare,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 86: si cedere hinc statuisset, Liv. 44, 39, 7:

    triumphare mense Januario statuerat,

    id. 39, 15:

    immemor sim propositi quo statui non ultra attingere externa nisi qua Romanis cohaererent rebus,

    id. 39, 48:

    rex quamquam dissimulare statuerat,

    id. 42, 21:

    opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit,

    id. 42, 54, 9:

    ut statuisse non pugnare consules cognitum est,

    id. 2, 45, 9:

    exaugurare fana statuit,

    id. 1, 55, 2:

    Delphos mittere statuit,

    id. 1, 56, 5:

    eos deducere in agros statuerunt,

    id. 40, 38, 2:

    tradere se, ait, moenia statuisse,

    id. 8, 25, 10:

    Samnitium exercitus certamine ultimo fortunam experiri statuit,

    id. 7, 37, 4:

    statuit sic adfectos hosti non obicere,

    id. 44, 36, 2:

    sub idem tempus statuit senatus Carthaginem excidere,

    Vell. 1, 12, 2:

    statui pauca disserere,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    amoliri juvenem specie honoris statuit,

    id. A. 2, 42:

    statuerat urbem novam condere,

    Curt. 4, 8, 1:

    statuerat parcere urbi conditae a Cyro,

    id. 7, 6, 20:

    rex statuerat inde abire,

    id. 7, 11, 4:

    Alexander statuerat ex Syria petere Africam,

    id. 10, 1, 17; 10, 5, 24; 5, 27 (9), 13; so,

    statutum habere cum animo ac deliberatum,

    to have firmly and deliberately resolved, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 95.—With sic:

    caedis initium fecisset a me, sic enim statuerat,

    id. Phil. 3, 7, 29.—
    F.
    To judge, declare as a judgment, be of opinion, hold (especially of legal opinions), think, consider (always implying the establishment of a principle, or a decided conviction; cf.: existimo, puto, etc.).
    1.
    With acc. and inf.
    a.
    In gen.:

    senatus consulta falsa delata ab eo judicavimus... leges statuimus per vim et contra auspicia latas,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 12:

    statuit senatus hoc ne illi quidem esse licitum cui concesserat omnia,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81:

    quin is tamen (judex) statuat fieri non posse ut de isto non severissime judicetur,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §

    144: hujusce rei vos (recuperatores) statuetis nullam esse actionem qui obstiterit armatis hominibus?

    id. Caecin. 13, 39, ut quisquam juris numeretur peritus, qui id statuit esse jus quod non oporteat judicari, who holds that to be the law, id. ib. 24, 68:

    is (Pompeius) se in publico statuit esse non posse,

    id. Pis. 13, 29:

    tu unquam tantam plagam tacitus accipere potuisses, nisi hoc ita statuisses, quidquid dixisses te deterius esse facturum?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 133:

    si causa cum causa contenderet, nos nostram perfacile cuivis probaturos statuebamus,

    we were sure, id. Quint. 30, 92:

    non statuit sibi quidquam licere quod non patrem suum facere vidisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211:

    hi sibi nullam societatem communis utilitatis causa statuunt esse cum civibus,

    assume, id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    cum igitur statuisset opus esse ad eam rem constituendam pecunia,

    had become convinced, id. ib. 2, 23, 82:

    quo cive neminem ego statuo in hac re publica esse fortiorem,

    id. Planc. 21, 51:

    quam quidem laudem sapientiae statuo esse maximam,

    id. Fam. 5, 13, 1:

    hoc anno statuit temporis esse satis,

    Ov. F. 1, 34:

    nolim statuas me mente maligna id facere,

    Cat. 67, 37.— So with sic:

    velim sic statuas tuas mihi litteras longissimas quasque gratissimas fore,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33 fin.:

    ego sic statuo a me in hac causa pietatis potius quam defensionis partes esse susceptas,

    I hold, lay down as the principle of my defence, id. Sest. 2, 3:

    quod sic statuit omnino consularem legem nullam putare,

    id. ib. 64, 135:

    sic statuo et judico, neminem tot et tanta habuisse ornamenta dicendi,

    id. Or. 2, 28, 122. —Hence, statui, I have judged, i. e. I know, and statueram, I had judged, i. e. I knew:

    ut ego qui in te satis consilii statuerim esse, mallem Peducaeum tibi consilium dare quam me, ironically,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4:

    qui saepe audissent, nihil esse pulchrius quam Syracusarum moenia, statuerant se, si ea Verre praetore non vidissent, numquam esse visuros,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 95.—With neutr. pron.:

    si dicam non recte aliquid statuere eos qui consulantur,

    that they hold an erroneous opinion, Cic. Caecin. 24, 68; cf.:

    quis hoc statuit umquam, aut cui concedi potest, ut eum jure potuerit occidere a quo, etc.,

    id. Tull. 24, 56; Quint. 5, 13, 21.—
    b.
    Particularly of a conclusion drawn from circumstances, to judge, infer, conclude; declare (as an inference):

    cum tuto senatum haberi non posse judicavistis, tum statuiistis, etiam intra muros Antonii scelus versari,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13: quod si aliter statuetis, videte ne hoc vos statuatis, qui vivus decesserit, ei vim non esse factam, id. Caecin. 16, 46:

    quid? si tu ipse statuisti, bona P. Quinctii ex edicto possessa non esse?

    id. Quint. 24, 76:

    ergo ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,

    id. Off. 3, 16, 67:

    Juppiter esse pium statuit quodcumque juvaret,

    Ov. H. 4, 133.—With neutr. pron.:

    hoc (i. e. litteris Gabinii credendum non esse) statuit senatus cum frequens supplicationem Gabinio denegavit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 6, 14:

    quod si tum statuit opus esse, quid cum ille decessisset, Flacco existimatis statuendum et faciendum fuisse?

    id. Fl. 12, 29; cf. id. Caecin. 16, 46, supra; so,

    hoc si ita statuetis,

    id. ib. 16, 47.—
    c.
    Esp. with gerund.-clause.
    (α).
    To hold, judge, think, consider, acknowledge, that something must be done, or should have been done:

    tu cum tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas... non statuebas tibi de illorum factis rationem esse reddendam?

    did you not consider, did it not strike you? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29: statuit, si hoc crimen extenuari vellet, nauarchos omnes vita esse privandos, he thought it necessary to deprive, etc., id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §

    103: ut statuas mihi non modo non cedendum, sed etiam tuo auxilio utendum fuisse,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 10:

    statuebam sic, boni nihil ab illis nugis expectandum,

    id. Sest. 10, 24:

    Antigonus statuit aliquid sibi consilii novi esse capiendum,

    Nep. Eum. 8, 4. —So with opus fuisse:

    ut hoc statuatis oratione longa nihil opus fuisse,

    acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56: causam sibi dicendam esse statuerat jam ante quam hoc usu venit, knew (cf. a. supra), id. ib. 2, 5, 39, § 101. —
    (β).
    To think that one must do something, to resolve, propose, usu. with dat. pers.:

    manendum mihi statuebam quasi in vigilia quadam consulari ac senatoria,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 1, 1: quae vobis fit injuria si statuimus, vestro nobis judicio standum esse, if we conclude, purpose, to abide, etc., id. Fl. 27, 65:

    ut ea quae statuisses tibi in senatu dicenda, reticeres,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 1:

    statuit tamen nihil sibi in tantis injuriis gravius faciendum,

    id. Clu. 6, 16:

    Caesar statuit exspectandam classem,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    non expectandum sibi statuit dum, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 11:

    quod eo tempore statuerat non esse faciendum,

    id. B. C. 3, 44:

    statuit sibi nihil agitandum,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    Metellus statuit alio more bellum gerendum,

    id. ib. 54, 5:

    Laco statuit accuratius sibi agendum cum Pharnabazo,

    Nep. Alcib. 10, 2:

    sororis filios tollendos statuit,

    Just. 38, 1.—
    2.
    With ut:

    si, ut Manilius statuebat, sic est judicatum (= ut judicandum esse statuebat),

    Cic. Caecin. 24, 69:

    ut veteres statuerunt poetae (ut = quod ita esse),

    id. Arat. 267 (33): quae majora auribus accepta sunt quam oculis noscuntur, ut statuit, as he thought, i. e. that those things were greater, etc., Liv. 45, 27:

    cum esset, ut ego mihi statuo, talis qualem te esse video,

    Cic. Mur. 14, 32.—
    3.
    With two acc. (= duco, existimo):

    omnes qui libere de re publica sensimus, statuit ille quidem non inimicos, sed hostes,

    regarded not as adversaries, but as foes, Cic. Phil. 11, 1, 3:

    Anaximenes aera deum statuit,

    id. N. D. 10, 26:

    voluptatem summum bonum statuens,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5:

    video Lentulum cujus ego parentem deum ac patronum statuo fortunae ac nominis mei,

    id. Sest. 69, 144:

    si rectum statuerimus concedere amicis quidquid velint,

    id. Lael. 11, 38:

    Hieronymus summum bonum statuit non dolere,

    id. Fin. 2, 6, 19:

    noster vero Plato Titanum e genere statuit eos qui... adversentur magistratibus,

    id. Leg. 3, 2, 5:

    decretum postulat, quo justae inter patruos fratrumque filias nuptiae statuerentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 7:

    optimum in praesentia statuit reponere odium,

    id. Agr. 39.— P. a.: stătūtus, a, um, i. e. baculo, propped, leaning on a stick (dub. v. I. C. supra):

    vidistis senem... statutum, ventriosum?

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 11.—Hence, subst.: stătūtum, i, n., a law, decision, determination, statute (late Lat.):

    Dei,

    Lact. 2, 16, 14:

    Parcarum leges ac statuta,

    id. 1, 11, 14:

    statuta Dei et placita,

    id. 7, 25, 8.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > statuo

  • 7 état

    état [eta]
    1. masculine noun
       a. [de personne] state
    • en état d'ivresse or d'ébriété under the influence of alcohol
    • il ne faut pas te mettre des états pareils ! you mustn't get yourself into such a state
       b. [d'objet, article d'occasion] condition
    • en bon/mauvais état in good/bad condition
    • remettre en état [+ voiture] to repair ; [+ maison] to renovate
       c. [de chose abstraite, substance] state
    • état liquide/solide liquid/solid state
       d. ( = nation) État state
       e. ( = registre, comptes) statement ; ( = inventaire) inventory
       f. (locutions) faire état de [+ ses services] to instance ; [+ craintes, intentions] to state ; [+ conversation, rumeur] to report
    ► états d'âme ( = scrupules) scruples ; ( = hésitation) doubts
    * * *
    eta
    nom masculin
    1) ( nation) state, State
    2) ( gouvernement) state, government
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    eta nm
    POLITIQUE state
    * * *
    A nm
    1 ( condition physique) condition; l'état du malade s'améliore the patient's condition is improving; être dans un état stationnaire to be in a stable condition; en bon état général in good overall condition; être en état de faire qch to be in a fit state to do sth; ne pas être en état de faire, être hors d'état de faire to be in no condition ou in no fit state to do; mettre qn hors d'état de faire qch to render sb incapable of doing sth; mettre qn hors d'état de nuire ( légalement) to put sb out of harm's way; ( physiquement) to incapacitate sb; leur état de santé est excellent their (state of) health is excellent; être dans un triste état○/en piteux état○ to be in a sorry/pitiful state; tu es dans un bel état! iron you're in a fine state!;
    2 ( condition psychique) state; être dans un état d'inquiétude terrible to be in a terrible state of anxiety; être dans un état d'énervement extrême to be in a state of extreme irritation; elle n'est pas en état de le revoir she's in no state to see him again; je suis hors d'état de réfléchir I'm incapable of thinking, I'm in no state to think; être dans un drôle d'état○ to be in a hell of a state○; ne pas être dans son état normal not to be oneself; ne te mets pas dans des états pareils! don't get into such a state!, don't get so worked up○!; être dans un état second to be in a trance;
    3 (de voiture, livre, tapis) condition; l'état de conservation d'un livre the condition of a book; l'état des routes ( conditions climatiques) road conditions; ( qualité) the state of the roads; en bon/mauvais état [maison, cœur, foie] in good/poor condition; avoir les dents en mauvais état to have bad teeth; l'état de délabrement d'une maison the dilapidated state of a house; l'état de conservation d'une momie égyptienne the state of preservation of an Egyptian mummy; vérifier l'état de qch to check sth; mettre/maintenir qch en état to put/keep sth in working order; hors d'état de marche [voiture] off the road, not running; [appareil] out of order; remettre qch en état to mend ou repair sth; remettre une maison en état to do up a house; la remise en état d'un réseau routier/de voiture the repair of a road network/car; vous devez rendre la maison en l'état lors de votre départ you must leave the house as you found it; les choses sont restées en l'état depuis leur départ nothing has been changed since they left; j'ai laissé les choses en l'état I left everything as it was; à l'état brut [huile, pétrole] in its raw state; [action, idée] in its initial stages; un temple à l'état de ruines a temple in a state of ruin; voiture/bicyclette/ordinateur à l'état neuf car/bicycle/computer as good as new; beauté à l'état pur unadulterated beauty; une voiture en état de rouler a roadworthy car; un bateau en état de naviguer a seaworthy ship;
    4 (d'affaires, économie, de finances, pays) state; l'état de l'environnement/d'une entreprise the state of the environment/a company; le pays est dans un état critique the country is in a critical state; cet état de choses ne peut plus durer this state of affairs can't go on; dans l'état actuel des choses in the present state of affairs; dans l'état actuel de la recherche médicale in the present state of medical research; l'état de tension entre le gouvernement et l'opposition the state of tension in relations between the government and the opposition; ce n'est encore qu'à l'état de projet it's still only at the planning stage;
    5 Sci ( de corps) state; les états de la matière the states of matter; l'état solide/liquide/gazeux the solid/liquid/gaseous state; un corps à l'état liquide/de vapeur a body in the liquid/vapourGB state; à l'état naissant [gaz] nascent; à l'état pur [élément, héroïne] in its pure state;
    6 ( situation sociale) state; ( métier)† trade; être boulanger de son état to be a baker by trade; ruiné, il se rappelle son ancien état now that he is bankrupt, he remembers how things used to be; choisir l'état ecclésiastique to choose holy orders; être satisfait/mécontent de son état to be satisfied/unhappy with one's lot;
    7 Sociol l'état civilisé the civilized state; naissance d'un nouvel état social birth of a new social order; des tribus qui vivent encore à l'état sauvage tribes still living in a primitive state;
    8 Compta statement; état de frais statement of expenses; état des comptes financial statements; état financier financial statement; état des ventes d'un magasin a shop's GB ou store's US sales statement;
    9 Jur ( statut) status; état d'épouse/d'enfant légitime/de parent status of a spouse/legitimate child/parent;
    10 Hist ( catégorie sociale) estate; la notion de classe a remplacé celle d'état the concept of class replaced that of estate.
    B faire état de loc verbale
    1 ( arguer) to cite [document, texte, théorie, loi]; faire état du témoignage/de l'opinion de qn pour étayer une thèse to cite sb's testimony/opinion in support of a thesis;
    2 ( mentionner) to mention [conversation, entretien, découverte]; ne faites pas état de cette conversation don't mention this conversation; la presse a fait état de leur conversation the press reported their conversation;
    3 ( exposer) to state [préférences, privilèges, bénéfices]; to air [soupçon, idée];
    4 ( se prévaloir de) to make a point of mentioning [succès, courage]; j'ai fait état de mes diplômes pour obtenir le travail I made a point of mentioning my diplomas to get the job; ils ont fait état des services qu'ils nous ont rendus they made a point of mentioning the things they had done for us in the past.
    état d'alerte Mil state of alert; en état d'alerte on the alert; état d'âme ( scrupule) qualm; ( sentiment) feeling; ne pas avoir d'états d'âme to have no qualms; état de choc Méd, Psych state of shock; en état de choc in a state of shock; état de choses state of affairs; état civil Admin registry office GB; ( de personne) civil status; état de conscience Psych state of consciousness; état de crise Pol, Sociol state of crisis; état d'esprit state ou frame of mind; état de fait fact; les états généraux Hist the Estates General; état de grâce Relig state of grace; en état de grâce lit in a state of grace; fig inspired; état de guerre state of war; état des lieux Jur inventory and statement of state of repair; fig appraisal; faire l'état des lieux to draw up an inventory and statement of state of repair; état de nature Sociol the state of nature; à l'état de nature in the state of nature; état de rêve dream state; état de santé state of health; état de siège state of siege; états de service service record; état d'urgence state of emergency; état de veille waking state; ⇒ tiers.
    être/se mettre dans tous ses états○ to be in/to get into a state○; il se met dans tous ses états pour un rien he gets all worked up○ ou he gets into a state over nothing; être réduit à l'état de loque/d'esclave to be reduced to a wreck/treated as a slave.
    [eta] nom masculin
    A.[MANIÈRE D'ÊTRE PHYSIQUE]
    1. [d'une personne - condition physique] state, condition ; [ - apparence] state
    a. [drogué] to be high
    b. [en transe] to be in a trance
    en état de: être en état d'ivresse ou d'ébriété to be under the influence (of alcohol), to be inebriated
    être hors d'état de, ne pas être en état de to be in no condition to ou totally unfit to
    a. [préventivement] to make somebody harmless
    b. [après coup] to neutralize somebody
    état de santé (state of) health, condition
    2. [d'un appartement, d'une route, d'une machine, d'un colis] condition, state
    être en bon/mauvais état
    a. [meuble, route, véhicule] to be in good/poor condition
    b. [bâtiment] to be in a good/bad state of repair
    c. [colis, marchandises] to be undamaged/damaged
    vendu à l'état neuf [dans petites annonces] as new
    réduit à l'état de cendres/poussière reduced to ashes/a powder
    a. [appartement] to renovate, to refurbish
    b. [véhicule] to repair
    c. [pièce de moteur] to recondition
    3. [situation particulière - d'un développement, d'une technique] state
    dans l'état actuel des choses as things stand at the moment, in the present state of affairs
    (en) état d'alerte/d'urgence (in a) state of alarm/emergency
    4. CHIMIE & PHYSIQUE
    état gazeux/liquide/solide gaseous/liquid/solid state
    à l'état brut [pétrole] crude, unrefined, raw
    à l'état pur [gemme, métal] pure
    B.[MANIÈRE D'ÊTRE MORALE, PSYCHOLOGIQUE] state
    a. [à une personne inquiète, déprimée] don't worry!
    b. [à une personne énervée] don't get so worked up!
    état d'esprit state ou frame of mind
    se mettre dans tous ses états [en colère] to go off the deep end, to go spare
    C.[CONDITION SOCIALE]
    1. [profession] trade, profession
    [statut social] social position, standing, station
    les États généraux the States ou Estates General
    D.[DOCUMENT COMPTABLE OU LÉGAL]
    1. [compte rendu] account, statement
    [inventaire] inventory
    l'état des dépenses/des recettes statement of expenses/takings
    état appréciatif evaluation, estimation
    b. [professionnellement] professional record
    dresser ou faire un état des lieux
    a. [sondage, témoignages, thèse] to put forward (separable)
    b. [document] to refer to
    c. [fait] to mention
    d. [soucis] to mention
    état d'âme nom masculin
    ————————
    état de grâce nom masculin
    A consultative assembly of representatives from the three estates of the Ancien Régime: clergy, nobility and the Third Estate, or commoners. It met for the last time in May 1789 in the Jeu de Paume in Versailles, where the Third Estate vowed not to disperse until they had established a constitution.

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > état

  • 8 hacer

    v.
    1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    Ella hace la tarea She does her work.
    2 to make.
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony
    hacer una fiesta to have a party
    para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…
    Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.
    Le hago estudiar I make him study.
    Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)
    4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).
    5 to build (to build).
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).
    le hice señas I signaled to her
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).
    este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat
    9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter
    10 to think, to reckon.
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now
    11 to be done to.
    Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.
    12 to place.
    Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.
    13 to be made to.
    Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.
    14 to be made for.
    Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.
    15 to travel, to make.
    Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    hecho,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    2) do
    3) be
    •
    - hacer falta
    - hacerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

    ¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

    ¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

    ¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

    • hacer el [amor] — to make love

    • hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

    hacer algo por hacer —

    2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do
    3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

    • le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

    4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

    el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

    el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

    ¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

    • hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

    • hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

    • hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

    • hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

    • hacer [sitio] — to make room

    • hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

    5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

    hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

    • hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

    6) (=dedicarse a)

    ¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

    • hacer [cine] — to make films

    • hacer [teatro] — to act

    7) (=actuar)

    hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

    8) (=sumar) to make

    y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

    9) (=cumplir)

    voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

    10) (=obligar) + infin to make

    • hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

    • me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

    • hacer [que] + subjun —

    11) (=mandar)
    + infin
    12) (=transformar) + adj to make
    13) (=pensar) to think

    yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

    14) (=acostumbrar)
    15) (=ejercitar)
    16)

    • hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=comportarse)

    • hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

    hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

    2)

    • [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

    dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

    3) (=importar)

    no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

    4) (=ser apropiado)

    ¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

    5) (=apetecer)

    ¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

    ¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

    6) [seguido de preposición]
    hacer de (Teat) to play the part of hacer por (=intentar)

    hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

    3. VERBO IMPERSONAL
    1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

    hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

    ¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

    2) [con expresiones temporales]

    hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

    hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

    ¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

    • [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

    3) LAm (=haber, tener)
    4.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.
    Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
    Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    ----
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

    Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

    Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

    * * *
    hacer [ E18 ]
    ■ hacer (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 crear
    2 extender: cheque, factura etc
    B efectuar, llevar a cabo
    C formular, expresar
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc
    F preparar, arreglar
    G
    1 producir, causar
    2 refiriéndose a sonidos
    H recorrer
    I en cálculos, enumeraciones
    A
    1 ocuparse en una actividad
    2 como profesión, ocupación
    3 estudiar
    B
    1 actuar de cierta manera
    2 dar cierto uso
    3 causar daño
    C actuar como
    D hacer una vida
    E sustituyendo a otro verbo
    F afectar, importar
    A transformar en, volver
    B dar apariencia de
    C inducir a, ser la causa de que
    D obligar a
    E hacer hacer algo
    F acostumbrar
    G suponer, imaginar
    ■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 obrar, actuar
    2 hacer bien, mal etc
    B con las necesidades fisiológicas
    C fingir, simular
    D intentar, procurar
    E servir
    F interpretar un personaje
    A
    1 sentarle bien, mal
    2 quedar, resultar
    B corresponder
    C no le hace
    D en tercera persona: concernir
    E apetecer
    ■ hacer (verbo impersonal)
    A
    1 refiriéndose al tiempo
    2 familiar humorístico
    B expresando el tiempo transcurrido
    ■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)
    A producirse
    B
    1 hacer para sí
    2 hacer que otro haga
    C causarse
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir
    A
    1 volverse, convertirse en
    2 impersonal
    3 cocinarse
    4 pasarle (a algn)
    B resultar
    C dar la impresión de
    D causativo
    E acostumbrarse
    F fingirse
    G
    1 moverse
    2 colocarse
    H hacerse con
    I hacerse de
    vt
    A
    1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew
    les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes
    hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow
    hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area
    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table
    le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant
    hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple
    2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write
    me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check
    B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do
    estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey
    me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me
    hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe
    hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping
    me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift
    tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run
    ¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?
    me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer
    hicimos un trato we did o made a deal
    hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play
    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do
    C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask
    nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected
    nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)
    hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)
    hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet
    E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make
    hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile
    F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack
    tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch
    hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven
    G
    1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make
    este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather
    esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny
    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'
    el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes
    ¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?
    H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do
    hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours
    I
    (en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
    hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list
    A
    ¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?
    ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?
    no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain
    no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty
    le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater
    están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
    deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?
    no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip
    2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    ¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor
    3 (estudiar) to do
    hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law
    hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course
    hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy
    B
    1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do
    yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same
    perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose
    haz lo que quieras do what you like
    aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes
    ¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!
    haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him
    ¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?
    no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice
    hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director
    si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)
    la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal
    hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside
    ¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat
    hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb
    se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her
    soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!
    mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!
    2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do
    ¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?
    no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts
    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?
    3
    (causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb
    no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you
    yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her
    no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me
    C
    ( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around
    D
    (llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life
    trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life
    E
    (sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better
    voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it
    voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it
    F
    ( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?
    eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all
    A (transformar en, volver) to make
    te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son
    la hizo su mujer he made her his wife
    agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor
    hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces
    la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous
    este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible
    quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible
    hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth
    hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking
    hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    B
    (dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner
    el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger
    C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF
    una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry
    todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened
    hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over
    haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in
    eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end
    hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF
    ¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!
    esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow
    D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours
    se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again
    me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it
    me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five
    hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF
    hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down
    E
    hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done
    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding
    F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth
    pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working
    G
    (suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires
    tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger
    ¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!
    ■ hacer
    vi
    A
    1
    (obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it
    tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it
    déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best
    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?
    no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary
    hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity
    tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything
    ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing
    hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes
    ¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)
    2 (+ complemento):
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet
    B
    ( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
    hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)
    hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)
    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)
    C
    (fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
    cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading
    hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear
    hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:
    haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it
    D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF
    tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)
    tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her
    E (servir) hacer DE algo:
    esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning
    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy
    hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet
    A (+ compl)
    1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit
    ¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!
    los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill
    2
    ( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures
    esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar
    esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock
    C
    no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)
    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?
    (concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application
    E
    ( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)
    te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)
    ■
    A
    (refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
    hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)
    nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather
    ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather
    hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
    parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry
    ¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?
    B
    (expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years
    ¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?
    lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago
    lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time
    hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him
    hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently
    A
    (producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it
    si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps
    se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister
    hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship
    por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)
    B
    1 ( refl)
    (hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes
    se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house
    2 ( caus)
    (hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome
    se hicieron una casita they had a little house built
    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure
    tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed
    C
    (causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger
    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?
    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants
    se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed
    ¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)
    E ( refl)
    (adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world
    sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that
    A
    1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become
    se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun
    se hizo famoso he became famous
    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early
    vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late
    (+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him
    3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook
    dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat
    4
    ( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to
    B
    (resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again
    (+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable
    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here
    se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
    se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky
    D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:
    tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you
    el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming
    cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte
    es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking
    se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built
    hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor
    E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth
    no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country
    no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea
    hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING
    no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone
    F
    (fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent
    seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't
    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)
    no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me
    se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand
    yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice
    G
    1 (moverse) (+ compl):
    hacerse atrás to move back
    hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside
    hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way
    2
    ( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?
    H hacerse con to take
    el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city
    se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune
    tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow
    se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company
    lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company
    no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup
    ( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous
    tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money
    se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hacer algo
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hacer to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hacer v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    ' hacer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - aclarar
    - acopio
    - acto
    - adelantar
    - adelantamiento
    - advertir
    - alarde
    - aliviar
    - amagar
    - amarrar
    - amor
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - añicos
    - aplanar
    - aprecio
    - aprender
    - aspaviento
    - atonía
    - autostop
    - ayuno
    - balance
    - broma
    - burla
    - burrada
    - cábala
    - caballo
    - cabronada
    - caca
    - cafetera
    - caja
    - calceta
    - calentar
    - callar
    - calle
    - calor
    - cama
    - capacitar
    - capaz
    - caso
    - castigar
    - castillo
    - chantaje
    - colar
    - colada
    - colecta
    - comecome
    - comentar
    - como
    English:
    abort
    - abstain
    - abuse
    - accent
    - accentuate
    - accepted
    - accustom
    - act
    - advance
    - advertise
    - afraid
    - again
    - agitate
    - agree
    - aim at
    - aim to
    - air
    - all-out
    - amenable
    - antsy
    - apart
    - appearance
    - arm-twisting
    - as
    - assert
    - attempt
    - audition
    - authorize
    - backup
    - bake
    - balance
    - bandy about
    - bed
    - begin
    - blast
    - blind
    - blueberry
    - blur
    - boil
    - bonk
    - boohoo
    - book in
    - bounce
    - bring in
    - bubble
    - budget
    - bulldoze
    - bully
    - bundle
    - burp
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;
    hacer una fiesta to have a party;
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;
    hacer un nudo to tie a knot;
    los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;
    haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
    Fam
    tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;
    Fam
    ¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!
    2. [construir] to build;
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    3. [generar] to produce;
    el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;
    le hice señas I signalled to her;
    el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;
    el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
    [retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
    6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
    [viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
    hacer una entrevista to do an interview;
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;
    hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;
    hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering
    7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
    CSur Fam
    y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;
    ¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
    Fam
    haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;
    ¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;
    8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
    [tenis, fútbol] to play;
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
    [cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
    10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;
    este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat
    11. [transformar en]
    hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;
    la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;
    hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;
    hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;
    hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her
    12. [comportarse como]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool;
    hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;
    hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself
    13. [causar]
    me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;
    un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
    Am
    esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me
    14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
    [obra] to do, to perform;
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;
    hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays
    15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;
    te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger
    16. [ser causa de]
    hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;
    me hizo reír it made me laugh;
    has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;
    haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;
    la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off
    17. [mandar]
    hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;
    voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;
    la hizo callarse he made her shut up
    18. [acostumbrar]
    la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone
    19. [cumplir]
    hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week
    20. [completar] to make;
    tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;
    y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;
    hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list
    21. [conseguir] to make;
    hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;
    hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia
    22. [recorrer] to do;
    ¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;
    hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day
    23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
    Euf
    tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
    Fam
    los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee
    24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;
    se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;
    ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to
    ♦ vi
    1. [intervenir, actuar]
    déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;
    ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company
    2.
    hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
    [servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
    hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;
    este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;
    hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote
    3. [aparentar]
    hacer como si to act as if;
    haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care
    4. [procurar, intentar]
    hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;
    haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight
    5. [proceder]
    haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;
    hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?
    6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
    ¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?
    7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
    ¿hiciste? have you done anything?;
    preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out
    8. Méx Fam
    hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;
    me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me
    9. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [profesión] to do;
    por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing
    10. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [droga] to do;
    ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke
    11. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;
    le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;
    dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around
    12. Méx Fam
    no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;
    perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!
    13. Méx, RP
    no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;
    no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;
    ¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!
    ♦ v impersonal
    1. [tiempo meteorológico]
    hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;
    hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;
    mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow
    2. [tiempo transcurrido]
    hace diez años ten years ago;
    hace mucho a long time ago;
    hace poco not long ago;
    hace un rato a short while ago;
    hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;
    no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;
    ¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?
    * * *
    <part hecho>
    I v/t
    1 ( realizar) do;
    ¡haz algo! do something!;
    hacer una pregunta ask a question;
    tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;
    no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;
    no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;
    se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;
    ¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!
    2 ( elaborar, crear) make;
    hacer la comida make o cook a meal;
    hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen
    3 ( obligar a)
    :
    hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;
    le hicieron ir they made him go
    4 ( cumplir)
    :
    hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday
    5 ( equivaler a)
    :
    esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter
    6
    :
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life
    II v/i
    1
    :
    haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going
    2 ( sentar)
    :
    me hace mal it’s making me ill
    3 ( servir de)
    :
    esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table
    4 ( fingir)
    :
    como si act as if
    5 L.Am.
    no le hace it doesn’t matter
    6 L.Am. ( parecer)
    :
    se me hace que it seems to me that
    :
    ¿hace? fam does that sound good?
    8
    :
    hacer de malo TEA play the villain
    :
    hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;
    hace tres días three days ago;
    hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;
    desde hace un año for a year
    * * *
    hacer {40} vt
    1) : to make
    2) : to do, to perform
    3) : to force, to oblige
    los hice esperar: I made them wait
    hacer vi
    : to act
    haces bien: you're doing the right thing
    hacer v impers
    hacer frío: to be cold
    hace viento: it's windy
    2)
    hace : ago
    hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time
    3)
    no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference
    4)
    hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed
    * * *
    hacer vb
    1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]
    ¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?
    2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    ¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?
    ¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?
    ¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?
    ¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?
    4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...
    5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]
    6. (aparentar) to pretend
    8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about
    hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]
    hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]
    hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]
    hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]
    hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

    Spanish-English dictionary > hacer

  • 9 nuevo

    adj.
    new, modern, recent, novel.
    * * *
    1 new
    2 (adicional) further
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 newcomer (principiante) beginner; (universidad) fresher (US freshman)
    \
    de nuevo again
    coger a alguien de nuevas to take somebody by surprise
    estar (como) nuevo,-a (objeto) to be as good as new 2 (persona) to feel like new, feel as good as new
    hacerse de nuevas to pretend not to know
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? familiar what's new?
    * * *
    (f. - nueva)
    adj.
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=no usado) new

    como nuevo: estos pantalones están como nuevos — these trousers are just like new

    2) (=recién llegado) new
    3)

    de nuevo — (=otra vez) again

    * * *
    - va adjetivo
    1)
    a) [ser] <coche/casa/trabajo> new
    b) (delante del n) <intento/cambio> further

    ha surgido un nuevo problema — another o a further problem has arisen

    c) [ser] <estilo/enfoque> new

    ¿qué hay de nuevo? — (fam) what's new? (colloq)

    todavía lo tengo nuevecito or (CS) nuevito — it's still as good as new

    2)
    * * *
    = emerging, fresh, new [newer -comp., newest -sup.], renewed, rising, unfamiliar, unworn, emergent, fledging, fledgling [fledgeling], uncharted, unchartered, brand new, ever-new, up-and-coming, new found [new-found/newfound], evolving, changing.
    Ex. We have too much invested for us to assume any longer that we can, by sheer force of will, temper their influence on emerging standards.
    Ex. This is a fresh avenue of approach to classification, and shows some promise.
    Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex. This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
    Ex. It is not enough to train the rising generation to meet their new responsibilities, for irreversible decisions must be made before they come to maturity.
    Ex. We are used to background noise in air conditioned buildings but the introduction of additional and unfamiliar sounds from AV equipment may be disturbing.
    Ex. A printer who wanted to achieve a sharp impression from unworn type of even height to paper would put hard rather than soft packing in the tympan.
    Ex. Books for emergent readers should facilitate the acquisition of these concepts.
    Ex. Venture capitalists funded fledging companies in the early days of information technology some of which went on to dominate the market.
    Ex. This article describes the experiences of a fledgling information system in dealing with a hurricane which wreaked devastation on some of the most remote areas of Hawaii = Este artículo describe las experiencias de un sistema de información nuevo al verse afectado por un huracán que devastó algunas de las zonas más remotas de Hawaii.
    Ex. News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.
    Ex. This author agrees that the facts listed above are unchartered.
    Ex. Information on small, sometimes brand new, companies in the chemical and biotechnology industries is often difficult to find.
    Ex. He was then able to compare sources that made correlations possible and raised ever-new questions.
    Ex. The journal kept me in touch with the established authors in the field but also the new, up-and-coming writers.
    Ex. This could help readers gain a newfound appreciation of each others' childhood through books.
    Ex. One of the objectives is to produce a statement of the role of the Library in the evolving national information program over the next five to seven years.
    Ex. These are the kinds of problems that characteristically arise in the complex and continually changing milieu of libraries and media and information centers.
    ----
    * abrir nuevas fronteras = forge + new frontiers.
    * abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.
    * abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.
    * abrir nuevos horizontes = open + new realms, forge + new frontiers.
    * abrir nuevos mercados = branch into.
    * activo de nuevo = up and about.
    * adquirir una nueva dimensión = take on + new dimension.
    * adquirir un nuevo significado = take on + new dimension.
    * alfombrar de nuevo = recarpet [re-carpet].
    * analizar de nuevo = reexamine [re-examine].
    * añadir una nueva dimensión = add + new dimension.
    * Año Nuevo = New Year.
    * apoyar de nuevo = reendorse.
    * aprender de nuevo = relearn.
    * asumir una nueva faceta = take on + new dimension.
    * Bolsa de Valores de Nueva York = New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).
    * borrón y cuenta nueva = a fresh start, clean slate, new leaf.
    * búsqueda de nuevos genes = gene-harvesting.
    * cobrar nuevo entusiasmo = develop + renewed enthusiasm.
    * colocar de nuevo en los estantes = reshelve [re-shelve].
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again, recommence, make + a new start, start over, make + a fresh start.
    * comenzar una nueva vida = make + a new life for + Reflexivo.
    * como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * compañía de nueva creación = startup [start-up].
    * concebirse desde una nueva perspectiva = stand in + a new light.
    * convocar de nuevo = reconvene.
    * crear de nuevo = recreate [re-create].
    * dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.
    * dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.
    * dar un nuevo nombre = rename.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de nueva ola = new-wave.
    * de nuevas formas = in new ways.
    * de nuevas maneras = in new ways.
    * de nuevo = again, once again, yet again, afresh, anew, all over again, redux, over again.
    * de nuevo en este caso = here again.
    * de nuevo en pie = up and about.
    * de nuevos modos = in new ways.
    * desarrollo de nuevos productos = product development.
    * de una nueva forma = in a new way.
    * de una nueva manera = in a new way.
    * de un nuevo modo = in a new way.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * empezar de nuevo = a fresh start, start over, make + a fresh start.
    * empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.
    * empresa de nueva creación = this sort of thing, startup [start-up].
    * enseñar de nuevo = retrain [re-train].
    * entrada de nuevo = re-entry [reentry].
    * enviar de nuevo = resend [re-send].
    * explorar nuevos horizontes = move on to + pastures new.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hasta nuevo aviso = until further notice.
    * idea nueva = fresh idea.
    * infundir nueva vida a = breathe + (new) life into.
    * inscribir de nuevo = reregister.
    * intentar de nuevo = retry [re-try].
    * introducir de nuevo = re-enter [reenter].
    * ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.
    * lista de nuevas adquisiciones = acquisitions list.
    * llevar a Algo a una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * luna nueva = new moon.
    * mencionar de nuevo = restate [re-state].
    * mencionar de nuevo innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * mostrar de nuevo = redisplay.
    * nacido de nuevo = born again.
    * Nueva Brunswick = New Brunswick.
    * nueva edición = new edition.
    * nueva era = new age.
    * Nueva Escocia = Nova Scotia.
    * nueva evaluación = reappraisal.
    * Nueva Gales del Sur = New South Wales.
    * Nueva Guinea = New Guinea.
    * nueva idea = reform idea.
    * Nueva Inglaterra = New England.
    * nueva lectura = rereading [re-reading].
    * nueva línea = linefeed.
    * Nueva Ola, la = New Wave, the.
    * Nueva Orleans = New Orleans.
    * nueva perspectiva = new light.
    * nueva promesa = rising star.
    * nueva redacción = redraft, rewrite [re-write].
    * nuevas fronteras = new horizons.
    * nueva tirada = rerun.
    * nueva versión = upgrade, remake.
    * nueva vida = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * nueva visita = return visit.
    * Nueva York = New York (NY).
    * Nueva Zelanda = New Zealand (NZ).
    * nuevo análisis = reanalysis [reanalyses, -pl.].
    * nuevo comienzo = new beginning, clean slate, new leaf.
    * Nuevo Méjico = New Mexico.
    * nuevo miembro = entrant.
    * Nuevo Mundo, el = New World, the.
    * nuevo nombramiento = reappointment.
    * nuevo resurgir = second wind.
    * nuevos avances = future development(s).
    * nuevos conversos, los = recently converted, the.
    * nuevos horizontes = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * nuevos retos = new horizons.
    * nuevos tiempos, los = wind(s) of change, the.
    * Nuevo Testamento = New Testament (N.T.).
    * nuevo valor = newcomer.
    * nuevo vecino del barrio = new kid on the block.
    * NYPL (Biblioteca Pública de Nueva York) = NYPL (New York Public Library).
    * pintar de nuevo = repaint [re-paint].
    * prensentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = present + Nombre + in a new light.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva óptica = throw + new light on.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = throw + Nombre + in a new light.
    * presentar Algo desde un nuevo ángulo = throw + new light on.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on, throw + new light on.
    * presentarse desde una nueva perspectiva = stand in + a new light.
    * reunirse de nuevo = reconvene.
    * salir de nuevo = come back out.
    * sangre nueva = new blood.
    * sentirse como nuevo = be right as rain.
    * surgiendo de nuevas = on the rebound.
    * un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.
    * un nuevo impulso = a new lease of life.
    * ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.
    * ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.
    * ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.
    * vino nuevo en pellejos viejos = new wine in old wineskins.
    * víspera de Año Nuevo = New Year's Eve.
    * vivir de nuevo = relive.
    * volver de nuevo = come back out.
    * * *
    - va adjetivo
    1)
    a) [ser] <coche/casa/trabajo> new
    b) (delante del n) <intento/cambio> further

    ha surgido un nuevo problema — another o a further problem has arisen

    c) [ser] <estilo/enfoque> new

    ¿qué hay de nuevo? — (fam) what's new? (colloq)

    todavía lo tengo nuevecito or (CS) nuevito — it's still as good as new

    2)
    * * *
    = emerging, fresh, new [newer -comp., newest -sup.], renewed, rising, unfamiliar, unworn, emergent, fledging, fledgling [fledgeling], uncharted, unchartered, brand new, ever-new, up-and-coming, new found [new-found/newfound], evolving, changing.

    Ex: We have too much invested for us to assume any longer that we can, by sheer force of will, temper their influence on emerging standards.

    Ex: This is a fresh avenue of approach to classification, and shows some promise.
    Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.
    Ex: This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
    Ex: It is not enough to train the rising generation to meet their new responsibilities, for irreversible decisions must be made before they come to maturity.
    Ex: We are used to background noise in air conditioned buildings but the introduction of additional and unfamiliar sounds from AV equipment may be disturbing.
    Ex: A printer who wanted to achieve a sharp impression from unworn type of even height to paper would put hard rather than soft packing in the tympan.
    Ex: Books for emergent readers should facilitate the acquisition of these concepts.
    Ex: Venture capitalists funded fledging companies in the early days of information technology some of which went on to dominate the market.
    Ex: This article describes the experiences of a fledgling information system in dealing with a hurricane which wreaked devastation on some of the most remote areas of Hawaii = Este artículo describe las experiencias de un sistema de información nuevo al verse afectado por un huracán que devastó algunas de las zonas más remotas de Hawaii.
    Ex: News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.
    Ex: This author agrees that the facts listed above are unchartered.
    Ex: Information on small, sometimes brand new, companies in the chemical and biotechnology industries is often difficult to find.
    Ex: He was then able to compare sources that made correlations possible and raised ever-new questions.
    Ex: The journal kept me in touch with the established authors in the field but also the new, up-and-coming writers.
    Ex: This could help readers gain a newfound appreciation of each others' childhood through books.
    Ex: One of the objectives is to produce a statement of the role of the Library in the evolving national information program over the next five to seven years.
    Ex: These are the kinds of problems that characteristically arise in the complex and continually changing milieu of libraries and media and information centers.
    * abrir nuevas fronteras = forge + new frontiers.
    * abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.
    * abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.
    * abrir nuevos horizontes = open + new realms, forge + new frontiers.
    * abrir nuevos mercados = branch into.
    * activo de nuevo = up and about.
    * adquirir una nueva dimensión = take on + new dimension.
    * adquirir un nuevo significado = take on + new dimension.
    * alfombrar de nuevo = recarpet [re-carpet].
    * analizar de nuevo = reexamine [re-examine].
    * añadir una nueva dimensión = add + new dimension.
    * Año Nuevo = New Year.
    * apoyar de nuevo = reendorse.
    * aprender de nuevo = relearn.
    * asumir una nueva faceta = take on + new dimension.
    * Bolsa de Valores de Nueva York = New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).
    * borrón y cuenta nueva = a fresh start, clean slate, new leaf.
    * búsqueda de nuevos genes = gene-harvesting.
    * cobrar nuevo entusiasmo = develop + renewed enthusiasm.
    * colocar de nuevo en los estantes = reshelve [re-shelve].
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again, recommence, make + a new start, start over, make + a fresh start.
    * comenzar una nueva vida = make + a new life for + Reflexivo.
    * como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * compañía de nueva creación = startup [start-up].
    * concebirse desde una nueva perspectiva = stand in + a new light.
    * convocar de nuevo = reconvene.
    * crear de nuevo = recreate [re-create].
    * dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.
    * dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.
    * dar un nuevo nombre = rename.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de nueva ola = new-wave.
    * de nuevas formas = in new ways.
    * de nuevas maneras = in new ways.
    * de nuevo = again, once again, yet again, afresh, anew, all over again, redux, over again.
    * de nuevo en este caso = here again.
    * de nuevo en pie = up and about.
    * de nuevos modos = in new ways.
    * desarrollo de nuevos productos = product development.
    * de una nueva forma = in a new way.
    * de una nueva manera = in a new way.
    * de un nuevo modo = in a new way.
    * el nuevo aspecto de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.
    * empezar de nuevo = a fresh start, start over, make + a fresh start.
    * empezar una nueva etapa en la vida = turn over + a new page, turn over + a new leaf.
    * empresa de nueva creación = this sort of thing, startup [start-up].
    * enseñar de nuevo = retrain [re-train].
    * entrada de nuevo = re-entry [reentry].
    * enviar de nuevo = resend [re-send].
    * explorar nuevos horizontes = move on to + pastures new.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hasta nuevo aviso = until further notice.
    * idea nueva = fresh idea.
    * infundir nueva vida a = breathe + (new) life into.
    * inscribir de nuevo = reregister.
    * intentar de nuevo = retry [re-try].
    * introducir de nuevo = re-enter [reenter].
    * ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.
    * lista de nuevas adquisiciones = acquisitions list.
    * llevar a Algo a una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * luna nueva = new moon.
    * mencionar de nuevo = restate [re-state].
    * mencionar de nuevo innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * mostrar de nuevo = redisplay.
    * nacido de nuevo = born again.
    * Nueva Brunswick = New Brunswick.
    * nueva edición = new edition.
    * nueva era = new age.
    * Nueva Escocia = Nova Scotia.
    * nueva evaluación = reappraisal.
    * Nueva Gales del Sur = New South Wales.
    * Nueva Guinea = New Guinea.
    * nueva idea = reform idea.
    * Nueva Inglaterra = New England.
    * nueva lectura = rereading [re-reading].
    * nueva línea = linefeed.
    * Nueva Ola, la = New Wave, the.
    * Nueva Orleans = New Orleans.
    * nueva perspectiva = new light.
    * nueva promesa = rising star.
    * nueva redacción = redraft, rewrite [re-write].
    * nuevas fronteras = new horizons.
    * nueva tirada = rerun.
    * nueva versión = upgrade, remake.
    * nueva vida = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * nueva visita = return visit.
    * Nueva York = New York (NY).
    * Nueva Zelanda = New Zealand (NZ).
    * nuevo análisis = reanalysis [reanalyses, -pl.].
    * nuevo comienzo = new beginning, clean slate, new leaf.
    * Nuevo Méjico = New Mexico.
    * nuevo miembro = entrant.
    * Nuevo Mundo, el = New World, the.
    * nuevo nombramiento = reappointment.
    * nuevo resurgir = second wind.
    * nuevos avances = future development(s).
    * nuevos conversos, los = recently converted, the.
    * nuevos horizontes = greener pastures, pastures new.
    * nuevos retos = new horizons.
    * nuevos tiempos, los = wind(s) of change, the.
    * Nuevo Testamento = New Testament (N.T.).
    * nuevo valor = newcomer.
    * nuevo vecino del barrio = new kid on the block.
    * NYPL (Biblioteca Pública de Nueva York) = NYPL (New York Public Library).
    * pintar de nuevo = repaint [re-paint].
    * prensentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = present + Nombre + in a new light.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva óptica = throw + new light on.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = throw + Nombre + in a new light.
    * presentar Algo desde un nuevo ángulo = throw + new light on.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on, throw + new light on.
    * presentarse desde una nueva perspectiva = stand in + a new light.
    * reunirse de nuevo = reconvene.
    * salir de nuevo = come back out.
    * sangre nueva = new blood.
    * sentirse como nuevo = be right as rain.
    * surgiendo de nuevas = on the rebound.
    * un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.
    * un nuevo impulso = a new lease of life.
    * ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.
    * ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.
    * ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.
    * vino nuevo en pellejos viejos = new wine in old wineskins.
    * víspera de Año Nuevo = New Year's Eve.
    * vivir de nuevo = relive.
    * volver de nuevo = come back out.

    * * *
    nuevo -va
    A
    1 [ SER] (de poco tiempo) ‹coche/juguete/ropa› new
    me lo dejaron como nuevo it was as good as new when I got it back
    soy nuevo en la oficina I'm new in the office
    2 [ SER] (que sustituye a otro) ‹casa/novio/trabajo› new
    3 ( delante del n) (otro) ‹intento/cambio› further
    ha surgido un nuevo problema another o a further problem has arisen
    decidieron darle una nueva oportunidad they decided to give him another chance
    4 [ SER] (original, distinto) ‹estilo/enfoque› new
    no dijo nada nuevo she didn't say anything new
    ¿que hay de nuevo? ( fam); what's new? ( colloq)
    5 [ ESTAR] (no desgastado) as good as new
    todavía lo tengo nuevo or (CS) nuevito it's still as good as new
    Compuestos:
    feminine new wave
    fpl new technology
    ● nuevo rico, nueva rica
    masculine, feminine nouveau riche
    masculine New Testament
    B
    de nuevo again
    de nuevo tengo el honor de … again o once again o once more I have the privilege of …
    * * *

     

    nuevo
    ◊ -va adjetivo

    a) [ser] ‹estilo/coche/novio› new;


    de nuevo again;
    ¿qué hay de nuevo what's new? (colloq);
    nuevo rico nouveau riche
    b) ( delante del n) ‹intento/cambio› further;

    ◊ ha surgido un nuevo problema another o a further problem has arisen;

    Nnuevo Testamento New Testament
    c) [estar] ( no desgastado) as good as new

    nuevo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 new: tengo un coche nuevo, I've got a new car
    2 (añadido) further: hay nuevas averías, there are further faults
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino newcomer
    (novato) beginner
    ♦ Locuciones: de nuevo, again
    ' nuevo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adicta
    - adicto
    - ambicionar
    - ambientarse
    - año
    - astronómica
    - astronómico
    - aterrizar
    - aviso
    - cara
    - cercado
    - continente
    - decir
    - desarrollar
    - editar
    - emocionada
    - emocionado
    - emplazar
    - entusiasmada
    - entusiasmado
    - escorrentía
    - estallido
    - excavar
    - flotación
    - ir
    - generar
    - hablar
    - impresión
    - incorporarse
    - mirlo
    - N. T.
    - nada
    - nueva
    - replantar
    - rumbo
    - sacar
    - salida
    - sanear
    - tener
    - testamento
    - vaya
    - contar
    - cuño
    - día
    - entrada
    - entrante
    - feliz
    - flamante
    - haber
    - inédito
    English:
    advertise
    - afford
    - afresh
    - again
    - agony
    - ambivalent
    - amorphous
    - analyst
    - anew
    - anticipate
    - arrest
    - assignment
    - austerity
    - authenticity
    - back
    - bash out
    - beating
    - bomb
    - book
    - brag
    - brand-new
    - bring up
    - brink
    - call back
    - chapter
    - clean
    - come out
    - comedown
    - commit
    - crisp
    - daunt
    - delay
    - design
    - dissuade
    - do
    - donation
    - drastic
    - drum up
    - exploit
    - fail
    - find
    - format
    - forthcoming
    - founder
    - fresh
    - fund
    - further
    - game
    - get
    - go up
    * * *
    nuevo, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [reciente] new;
    tengo una casa nueva I've got a new house;
    es el nuevo director he's the new manager
    Nueva Caledonia New Caledonia;
    el nuevo continente [América] the New World;
    Nueva Delhi New Delhi;
    nuevo economía new economy;
    Hist Nueva España New Spain [Spanish colonial viceroyalty that included Mexico, the southern part of the US and parts of Central America]; Hist Nueva Granada New Granada [Spanish colonial viceroyalty that included the central and northwestern parts of South America];
    Nueva Guinea New Guinea;
    Nueva Inglaterra New England;
    Nueva Jersey New Jersey;
    Nuevo México New Mexico;
    el Nuevo Mundo the New World;
    la nueva ola the New Wave;
    el nuevo orden mundial the new world order;
    Nueva Orleans New Orleans;
    nuevo rico nouveau riche;
    nuevo sol [moneda] new sol;
    nuevas tecnologías new technology;
    el Nuevo Testamento the New Testament;
    Nueva York New York;
    Nueva Zelanda New Zealand
    2. [poco usado] new;
    este abrigo está nuevo this coat is new;
    un poco de betún y quedarán como nuevos with a bit of polish they'll be as good as new;
    después del baño me quedé como nuevo I felt like a new person after my bath
    3. [inédito] new;
    esto es nuevo para mí, no lo sabía that's news to me, I didn't know it
    4. [sin experiencia] new;
    soy nuevo en esta clase I'm new in this class;
    es nuevo en la profesión he's new to the profession
    5. [hortaliza] new, fresh;
    [vino] young
    6. [repetido] renewed,
    de nuevo again;
    se han producido nuevos enfrentamientos there have been renewed clashes
    ♦ nm,f
    newcomer
    * * *
    adj
    1 new;
    sentirse como nuevo feel like new;
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? what’s new?
    2 ( otro) another;
    de nuevo again
    * * *
    nuevo, -va adj
    1) : new
    una casa nueva: a new house
    ¿qué hay de nuevo?: what's new?
    2)
    de nuevo : again, once more
    * * *
    nuevo adj new
    ¿qué hay de nuevo? what's new?

    Spanish-English dictionary > nuevo

  • 10 crear

    v.
    1 to create.
    me crea muchos problemas it gives me a lot of trouble, it causes me a lot of problems
    Picasso creó escuela Picasso's works have had a seminal influence
    Ricardo crea obras de arte Richard creates works of art.
    Ellas crean criaturas raras They create weird creatures.
    2 to invent.
    3 to found.
    4 to make, to make up.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to create
    2 (fundar) to found, establish; (partido) to set up
    3 (inventar) to invent
    1 to make, make for oneself
    2 (imaginarse) to imagine
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    VT
    1) (=hacer, producir) [+ obra, objeto, empleo] to create
    2) (=establecer) [+ comisión, comité, fondo, negocio, sistema] to set up; [+ asociación, cooperativa] to form, set up; [+ cargo, puesto] to create; [+ movimiento, organización] to create, establish, found

    ¿qué se necesita para crear una empresa? — what do you need in order to set up o start a business?

    aspiraban a crear un estado independiente — they aimed to create o establish o found an independent state

    3) (=dar lugar a) [+ condiciones, clima, ambiente] to create; [+ problemas] to cause, create; [+ expectativas] to raise

    el vacío creado por su muerte — the gap left o created by her death

    4) liter (=nombrar) to make, appoint
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <obra/modelo/tendencia> to create, < producto> to develop
    b) < sistema> to create, establish, set up; < institución> to set up, create; <comisión/fondo> to set up; < empleo> to create; < ciudad> to build
    2) <dificultades/problemas> to cause, create; <ambiente/clima> to create; <fama/prestigio> to bring; < reputación> to earn
    2.
    crearse v pron < problema> to create... for oneself
    * * *
    = design (for/to), construct, create, engender, establish, fashion, forge, form, invent, set up, compose, originate, bring into + being, mint, found, institute, come into + existence, mother, come up with.
    Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex. The objective in executing these three stages is to construct a document profile which reflects its subject = El propósito de llevar a cabo estas tres etapas es elaborar un perfil documental que refleje su materia.
    Ex. National agencies creating MARC records use national standards within their own country, and re-format records to UNIMARC for international exchange.
    Ex. In addition to problems with new subjects which lacked 'accepted' or established names, this guiding principle engendered inconsistency in the form of headings.
    Ex. The intention is to establish a general framework, and then to give exceptions or further explanation and examples for each area in turn.
    Ex. The preliminary discussions and proposals which led up to the AACR, did start out with an attempt to fashion an ideology, a philosophical context, for those rules.
    Ex. This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
    Ex. Formed in 1969, the first operational system was implemented in 1972-3.
    Ex. Frequently, but not always, this same process will have been attempted by the author when inventing the title, and this explains why the title is often a useful aid to indexing.
    Ex. By imposing a ban one is only likely to set up antagonism and frustration which will turn against the very thing we are trying to encourage.
    Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex. In the 'office of the present', a document is usually produced by several people: someone, say an administrator or manager, who originates and checks it, a typist, who prepares the text, and a draughtsman or artist who prepares the diagrams.
    Ex. MARC was brought into being originally to facilitate the creation of LC catalogue cards.
    Ex. The article 'The newly minted MLS: what do we need to know today?' describes the skills which, ideally, every US library school graduate should possess at the end of the 1990s.
    Ex. The earliest community information service in Australia dates from as recently as 1958 when Citizens' Advice Bureaux, modelled on their British namesake, were founded in Perth = El primer servicio de información ciudadana de Australia es reciente y data de 1958 cuando se creó en Perth la Oficina de Información al Ciudadano, a imitación de su homónima británica.
    Ex. The librarians have instituted a series of campaigns, including displays and leaflets on specific issues, eg family income supplement, rent and rates rebates, and school grants.
    Ex. Some university libraries have been built up over the centuries; others have come into existence over the last 40 years.
    Ex. Necessity mothers invention, and certainly invention in the presentation of books mothers surprised interest.
    Ex. Derfer corroborated her: 'I'd be very proud of you if you could come up with the means to draft a model collection development policy'.
    ----
    * crear adicción = be addictive.
    * crear alianzas = form + alliances, make + alliances.
    * crear apoyo = build + support.
    * crear canales para = establish + channels for.
    * crear con gran destreza = craft.
    * crear consenso = forge + consensus.
    * crear demanda = make + demand.
    * crear de nuevo = recreate [re-create].
    * crear desconfianza = create + distrust.
    * crear desesperación = yield + despair.
    * crear falsas ilusiones = create + false illusions.
    * crear interés = build + interest.
    * crear la ilusión = generate + illusion.
    * crear lazos = build up + links.
    * crear lazos afectivos = bond.
    * crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.
    * crear problemas = make + waves, build up + problems, make + trouble.
    * crear prototipos = prototype.
    * crear relaciones = structure + relationships.
    * crearse = build up, hew.
    * crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.
    * crear servidor web = put up + web site.
    * crearse una identidad = forge + identity.
    * crearse una vida = build + life.
    * crear una alianza = forge + alliance.
    * crear una base = form + a basis.
    * crear una buena impresión en = make + a good impression on.
    * crear una coalición = forge + coalition.
    * crear una colección = build + collection.
    * crear un acuerdo = work out + agreement.
    * crear una familia = have + a family.
    * crear una ilusión = create + illusion.
    * crear una imagen = build + an image, create + image, summon up + image.
    * crear una injusticia = create + injustice.
    * crear una marca de identidad = branding.
    * crear una ocasión = create + opportunity.
    * crear una preocupación = create + concern.
    * crear una situación = create + a situation.
    * crear un clima = promote + climate.
    * crear un comité = set up + committee.
    * crear un entorno = create + an environment.
    * crear un equilibrio = establish + a balance.
    * crear un fondo común de conocimientos = pool + knowledge.
    * crear un fondo común de experiencias profesionales = pool + expertise.
    * crear un grupo = set up + group.
    * crear un índice = generate + index.
    * crear un mercado para = produce + a market for.
    * crear un perfil = compile + profile, formulate + profile.
    * crear un servidor web = open up + web site.
    * crear vínculos = build up + links.
    * crear vínculos afectivos = bond.
    * oposición + crear = opposition + line up.
    * que crea adicción = addictive.
    * que crea hábito = addictive.
    * volver a crear = recreate [re-create].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <obra/modelo/tendencia> to create, < producto> to develop
    b) < sistema> to create, establish, set up; < institución> to set up, create; <comisión/fondo> to set up; < empleo> to create; < ciudad> to build
    2) <dificultades/problemas> to cause, create; <ambiente/clima> to create; <fama/prestigio> to bring; < reputación> to earn
    2.
    crearse v pron < problema> to create... for oneself
    * * *
    = design (for/to), construct, create, engender, establish, fashion, forge, form, invent, set up, compose, originate, bring into + being, mint, found, institute, come into + existence, mother, come up with.

    Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.

    Ex: The objective in executing these three stages is to construct a document profile which reflects its subject = El propósito de llevar a cabo estas tres etapas es elaborar un perfil documental que refleje su materia.
    Ex: National agencies creating MARC records use national standards within their own country, and re-format records to UNIMARC for international exchange.
    Ex: In addition to problems with new subjects which lacked 'accepted' or established names, this guiding principle engendered inconsistency in the form of headings.
    Ex: The intention is to establish a general framework, and then to give exceptions or further explanation and examples for each area in turn.
    Ex: The preliminary discussions and proposals which led up to the AACR, did start out with an attempt to fashion an ideology, a philosophical context, for those rules.
    Ex: This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
    Ex: Formed in 1969, the first operational system was implemented in 1972-3.
    Ex: Frequently, but not always, this same process will have been attempted by the author when inventing the title, and this explains why the title is often a useful aid to indexing.
    Ex: By imposing a ban one is only likely to set up antagonism and frustration which will turn against the very thing we are trying to encourage.
    Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex: In the 'office of the present', a document is usually produced by several people: someone, say an administrator or manager, who originates and checks it, a typist, who prepares the text, and a draughtsman or artist who prepares the diagrams.
    Ex: MARC was brought into being originally to facilitate the creation of LC catalogue cards.
    Ex: The article 'The newly minted MLS: what do we need to know today?' describes the skills which, ideally, every US library school graduate should possess at the end of the 1990s.
    Ex: The earliest community information service in Australia dates from as recently as 1958 when Citizens' Advice Bureaux, modelled on their British namesake, were founded in Perth = El primer servicio de información ciudadana de Australia es reciente y data de 1958 cuando se creó en Perth la Oficina de Información al Ciudadano, a imitación de su homónima británica.
    Ex: The librarians have instituted a series of campaigns, including displays and leaflets on specific issues, eg family income supplement, rent and rates rebates, and school grants.
    Ex: Some university libraries have been built up over the centuries; others have come into existence over the last 40 years.
    Ex: Necessity mothers invention, and certainly invention in the presentation of books mothers surprised interest.
    Ex: Derfer corroborated her: 'I'd be very proud of you if you could come up with the means to draft a model collection development policy'.
    * crear adicción = be addictive.
    * crear alianzas = form + alliances, make + alliances.
    * crear apoyo = build + support.
    * crear canales para = establish + channels for.
    * crear con gran destreza = craft.
    * crear consenso = forge + consensus.
    * crear demanda = make + demand.
    * crear de nuevo = recreate [re-create].
    * crear desconfianza = create + distrust.
    * crear desesperación = yield + despair.
    * crear falsas ilusiones = create + false illusions.
    * crear interés = build + interest.
    * crear la ilusión = generate + illusion.
    * crear lazos = build up + links.
    * crear lazos afectivos = bond.
    * crear posibilidades = open + window, create + possibilities.
    * crear problemas = make + waves, build up + problems, make + trouble.
    * crear prototipos = prototype.
    * crear relaciones = structure + relationships.
    * crearse = build up, hew.
    * crearse el prestigio de ser = establish + a record as.
    * crear servidor web = put up + web site.
    * crearse una identidad = forge + identity.
    * crearse una vida = build + life.
    * crear una alianza = forge + alliance.
    * crear una base = form + a basis.
    * crear una buena impresión en = make + a good impression on.
    * crear una coalición = forge + coalition.
    * crear una colección = build + collection.
    * crear un acuerdo = work out + agreement.
    * crear una familia = have + a family.
    * crear una ilusión = create + illusion.
    * crear una imagen = build + an image, create + image, summon up + image.
    * crear una injusticia = create + injustice.
    * crear una marca de identidad = branding.
    * crear una ocasión = create + opportunity.
    * crear una preocupación = create + concern.
    * crear una situación = create + a situation.
    * crear un clima = promote + climate.
    * crear un comité = set up + committee.
    * crear un entorno = create + an environment.
    * crear un equilibrio = establish + a balance.
    * crear un fondo común de conocimientos = pool + knowledge.
    * crear un fondo común de experiencias profesionales = pool + expertise.
    * crear un grupo = set up + group.
    * crear un índice = generate + index.
    * crear un mercado para = produce + a market for.
    * crear un perfil = compile + profile, formulate + profile.
    * crear un servidor web = open up + web site.
    * crear vínculos = build up + links.
    * crear vínculos afectivos = bond.
    * oposición + crear = opposition + line up.
    * que crea adicción = addictive.
    * que crea hábito = addictive.
    * volver a crear = recreate [re-create].

    * * *
    crear [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹obra/modelo› to create; ‹tendencia› to create
    crear una nueva imagen para el producto to create a new image for the product
    crearon un producto revolucionario they developed o created a revolutionary product
    2 ‹sistema› to create, establish, set up; ‹institución› to set up, create; ‹comisión/fondo› to set up; ‹empleo› to create
    crearon una ciudad en pleno desierto they built a city in the middle of the desert
    B ‹dificultades/problemas› to cause, create; ‹ambiente/clima› to create; ‹fama/prestigio› to bring; ‹reputación› to earn
    su arrogancia le creó muchas enemistades his arrogance made him many enemies
    no quiero crear falsas expectativas en mis alumnos I don't want to raise false hopes among my students, I don't want to give my students false hopes
    se crea muchas dificultades he creates o makes a lot of problems for himself
    ¿para qué te creas más trabajo? why make more work for yourself?
    será difícil llenar el vacío creado con su desaparición it will be difficult to fill the gap left by his death
    * * *

     

    crear ( conjugate crear) verbo transitivo
    to create;
    ‹ producto› to develop;
    ‹institución/comisión/fondo› to set up;
    ‹fama/prestigio› to bring;
    ‹ reputación› to earn;
    ◊ crea muchos problemas it causes o creates a lot of problems;

    no quiero crear falsas expectativas I don't want to raise false hopes
    crearse verbo pronominal ‹ problema› to create … for oneself;

    ‹ enemigos› to make
    crear verbo transitivo to create
    ' crear' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    falsificar
    - hacer
    - ilusionar
    - infundio
    - rompecabezas
    - constituir
    - formar
    - meter
    English:
    boat
    - bonding
    - create
    - fashion
    - never-never land
    - rapport
    - stage
    - afoot
    - develop
    - devise
    - disrupt
    - establish
    - illusion
    - set
    - you
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [hacer, producir, originar] to create;
    crear empleo/riqueza to create jobs/wealth;
    han creado un nuevo ministerio para él they have created a new ministry for him;
    me crea muchos problemas it gives me a lot of trouble, it causes me a lot of problems;
    Picasso creó escuela Picasso's works have had a seminal influence
    2. [inventar] to invent;
    [poema, sinfonía] to compose, to write; [cuadro] to paint
    3. [fundar] to found
    * * *
    v/t create; empresa set up
    * * *
    crear vt
    1) : to create, to cause
    2) : to originate
    * * *
    crear vb
    1. (en general) to create
    2. (comité, empresa, etc) to set up

    Spanish-English dictionary > crear

  • 11 installer

    installer [ɛ̃stale]
    ➭ TABLE 1
    1. transitive verb
       a. ( = mettre en service) to put in
       b. ( = aménager) to fit out
    • comment la cuisine est-elle installée ? what appliances does the kitchen have?
    2. reflexive verb
       a. ( = s'établir) [artisan, commerçant] to set o.s. up ( comme as ) ; [dentiste, médecin] to set up one's practice
       b. ( = se loger) to settle ; ( = emménager) to settle in
       c. (sur un siège, à un emplacement) to settle down
    • s'installer par terre/dans un fauteuil to settle down on the floor/in an armchair
    • installe-toi comme il faut (confortablement) make yourself comfortable ; ( = tiens-toi bien) sit properly
       d. [grève, maladie] to take hold
    • s'installer dans [personne] [+ inertie] to sink into
    * * *
    ɛ̃stale
    1.
    1) ( mettre en place) to install, to put in [lave-vaisselle, évier, chauffage central]; to put up [table pliante, étagère]; to set up [infrastructure militaire]; ( raccorder) to connect [gaz, téléphone, électricité]
    2) ( aménager) to do up [cuisine]
    3) ( implanter) to set up [usine]
    4) ( loger) to put [invité] ( dans in)

    2.
    s'installer verbe pronominal
    1) ( devenir durable) [régime] to become established; [morosité, récession] to set in
    2) ( professionnellement) to set oneself up in business
    3) ( pour vivre) to settle

    s'installer pour travailler/à son bureau — to settle down to work/at one's desk

    installe-toi, j'arrive! — make yourself at home, I'm coming!

    * * *
    ɛ̃stale vt
    1) (= loger)

    On va vous installer dans la chambre du fond. — We're going to put you in the back bedroom.

    2) [blessés] to lay

    Ils ont installé les blessés sur des lits de fortune. — They laid the wounded on makeshift beds.

    3) (= mettre en place, monter) [accessoire, rideau, étagère] to put up

    Ils ont installé des appliques au-dessus du lit. — They put wall lights up above the bed.

    On va installer la bibliothèque contre le mur de gauche. — We're going to put the bookcase against the left-hand wall.

    4) [gaz, électricité] to put in, to install

    faire installer [gaz, électricité] — to have put in

    On a fait installer le chauffage central. — We had central heating put in.

    5) [appartement] to furnish
    * * *
    installer verb table: aimer
    A vtr
    1 ( mettre en place) to install, to put in [lave-vaisselle, évier, chauffage central]; to put up [table pliante, chevalet, sculptures, étagère]; to set out [marchandise]; to set up [infrastructure militaire]; ( raccorder) to connect [gaz, téléphone, électricité]; faire installer une antenne parabolique to have a satellite dish put up ou installed; installer le bureau près de la fenêtre to put the desk near the window; installer un chapiteau sur la place to put up the big top on the square;
    2 ( aménager) to do up [maison, local, cuisine]; installer une chambre dans le grenier to make a bedroom in the attic;
    3 ( implanter) to set up [usine]; installer son siège à Paris to set up their headquarters in Paris;
    4 ( loger) to put [invité] (dans in); installer qn dans un fauteuil to sit sb in an armchair;
    5 Admin to install [magistrat]; il a été installé dans ses fonctions he took up his duties; installer qn à un poste to appoint sb to a post; installer qn au pouvoir to put sb into power.
    1 ( devenir durable) [régime] to become established; [atmosphère, morosité, récession] to set in; le doute s'installe dans leur esprit they're beginning to have doubts;
    2 ( professionnellement) to set oneself up in business; s'installer à son compte to set up one's own business;
    3 ( pour vivre) to settle; partir s'installer à l'étranger/en province to go and live abroad/in the provinces; s'installer dans une routine to become fixed in a routine; s'installer temporairement chez des amis to move in temporarily with friends; je viendrai te voir quand tu seras installé I'll come and see you when you're settled in;
    4 ( se mettre à l'aise) s'installer dans un fauteuil to settle into an armchair; s'installer au soleil/près de la fenêtre to sit in the sun/by the window; s'installer pour travailler/à son bureau to settle down to work/at one's desk; être bien installé dans un fauteuil to be sitting comfortably in an armchair; tu es bien installé? are you sitting comfortably?; installe-toi, j'arrive! make yourself at home, I'm coming!; dès qu'il est invité quelque part, il s'installe when he is invited somewhere, he really makes himself at home; on est mal installé sur ces chaises these chairs are uncomfortable;
    5 ( être mis en place) l'appareil s'installe facilement the appliance is easy to install;
    6 ( s'implanter) des usines étrangères vont s'installer dans la région foreign companies are going to open factories in the area; le musée devrait s'installer en banlieue the museum will probably be situated in the suburbs.
    [ɛ̃stale] verbe transitif
    1. [mettre en service - chauffage, eau, gaz, électricité, téléphone] to install, to put in (separable) ; [ - appareil ménager] to install
    nous avons dû faire installer l'eau/le gaz/l'électricité we had to have the water laid on/the gas put in/the house wired
    2. [mettre en place - meuble] to put in (separable) ; [ - tente] to put up (separable), to pitch ; [ - barrière] to put up (separable), to erect ; [ - campement] to set up (separable) ; [ - troupes] to position
    3. [faire asseoir, allonger] to put, to place
    une fois qu'il est installé devant la télévision, il n'y a plus moyen de lui parler once he's settled himself down ou planted himself ou installed (himself) in front of the TV, there's no talking to him
    4. [pièce, logement - aménager] to fit out (separable) ; [ - disposer] to lay out (separable)
    5. [loger - jeune couple] to set up (separable) ; [ - visiteur] to put up (separable), to install (soutenu)
    6. [implanter]
    installer quelqu'un dans ses fonctions to install somebody in his/her post
    ————————
    s'installer verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [s'asseoir, s'allonger]
    installez-vous comme il faut, je reviens tout de suite make yourself comfortable ou at home, I'll be right back
    2. [s'implanter - cirque, marché] to (be) set up ; [ - usine] to be set up
    s'installer à la campagne [emménager] to set up house ou to go and live ou to settle in the country
    a. [entreprise] to move into new offices
    si ça continue, elle va finir par s'installer chez moi! if this goes on, she'll end up moving in (permanently)!
    3. [pour exercer - médecin, dentiste] to set up a practice ; [ - commerçant] to set up shop, to open
    quand je me suis installé, la clientèle était rare when I started, there weren't many customers
    4. [se fixer - statu quo] to become established ; [ - maladie] to take a hold ou a grip ; [ - doute, peur] to creep in ; [ - silence] to take over
    il s'est installé dans le mensonge he's become an habitual liar, he's well used to lying

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > installer

  • 12 État

    état [eta]
    1. masculine noun
       a. [de personne] state
    • en état d'ivresse or d'ébriété under the influence of alcohol
    • il ne faut pas te mettre des états pareils ! you mustn't get yourself into such a state
       b. [d'objet, article d'occasion] condition
    • en bon/mauvais état in good/bad condition
    • remettre en état [+ voiture] to repair ; [+ maison] to renovate
       c. [de chose abstraite, substance] state
    • état liquide/solide liquid/solid state
       d. ( = nation) État state
       e. ( = registre, comptes) statement ; ( = inventaire) inventory
       f. (locutions) faire état de [+ ses services] to instance ; [+ craintes, intentions] to state ; [+ conversation, rumeur] to report
    ► états d'âme ( = scrupules) scruples ; ( = hésitation) doubts
    * * *
    eta
    nom masculin
    1) ( nation) state, State
    2) ( gouvernement) state, government
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    eta nm
    POLITIQUE state
    * * *
    A nm
    1 ( condition physique) condition; l'état du malade s'améliore the patient's condition is improving; être dans un état stationnaire to be in a stable condition; en bon état général in good overall condition; être en état de faire qch to be in a fit state to do sth; ne pas être en état de faire, être hors d'état de faire to be in no condition ou in no fit state to do; mettre qn hors d'état de faire qch to render sb incapable of doing sth; mettre qn hors d'état de nuire ( légalement) to put sb out of harm's way; ( physiquement) to incapacitate sb; leur état de santé est excellent their (state of) health is excellent; être dans un triste état○/en piteux état○ to be in a sorry/pitiful state; tu es dans un bel état! iron you're in a fine state!;
    2 ( condition psychique) state; être dans un état d'inquiétude terrible to be in a terrible state of anxiety; être dans un état d'énervement extrême to be in a state of extreme irritation; elle n'est pas en état de le revoir she's in no state to see him again; je suis hors d'état de réfléchir I'm incapable of thinking, I'm in no state to think; être dans un drôle d'état○ to be in a hell of a state○; ne pas être dans son état normal not to be oneself; ne te mets pas dans des états pareils! don't get into such a state!, don't get so worked up○!; être dans un état second to be in a trance;
    3 (de voiture, livre, tapis) condition; l'état de conservation d'un livre the condition of a book; l'état des routes ( conditions climatiques) road conditions; ( qualité) the state of the roads; en bon/mauvais état [maison, cœur, foie] in good/poor condition; avoir les dents en mauvais état to have bad teeth; l'état de délabrement d'une maison the dilapidated state of a house; l'état de conservation d'une momie égyptienne the state of preservation of an Egyptian mummy; vérifier l'état de qch to check sth; mettre/maintenir qch en état to put/keep sth in working order; hors d'état de marche [voiture] off the road, not running; [appareil] out of order; remettre qch en état to mend ou repair sth; remettre une maison en état to do up a house; la remise en état d'un réseau routier/de voiture the repair of a road network/car; vous devez rendre la maison en l'état lors de votre départ you must leave the house as you found it; les choses sont restées en l'état depuis leur départ nothing has been changed since they left; j'ai laissé les choses en l'état I left everything as it was; à l'état brut [huile, pétrole] in its raw state; [action, idée] in its initial stages; un temple à l'état de ruines a temple in a state of ruin; voiture/bicyclette/ordinateur à l'état neuf car/bicycle/computer as good as new; beauté à l'état pur unadulterated beauty; une voiture en état de rouler a roadworthy car; un bateau en état de naviguer a seaworthy ship;
    4 (d'affaires, économie, de finances, pays) state; l'état de l'environnement/d'une entreprise the state of the environment/a company; le pays est dans un état critique the country is in a critical state; cet état de choses ne peut plus durer this state of affairs can't go on; dans l'état actuel des choses in the present state of affairs; dans l'état actuel de la recherche médicale in the present state of medical research; l'état de tension entre le gouvernement et l'opposition the state of tension in relations between the government and the opposition; ce n'est encore qu'à l'état de projet it's still only at the planning stage;
    5 Sci ( de corps) state; les états de la matière the states of matter; l'état solide/liquide/gazeux the solid/liquid/gaseous state; un corps à l'état liquide/de vapeur a body in the liquid/vapourGB state; à l'état naissant [gaz] nascent; à l'état pur [élément, héroïne] in its pure state;
    6 ( situation sociale) state; ( métier)† trade; être boulanger de son état to be a baker by trade; ruiné, il se rappelle son ancien état now that he is bankrupt, he remembers how things used to be; choisir l'état ecclésiastique to choose holy orders; être satisfait/mécontent de son état to be satisfied/unhappy with one's lot;
    7 Sociol l'état civilisé the civilized state; naissance d'un nouvel état social birth of a new social order; des tribus qui vivent encore à l'état sauvage tribes still living in a primitive state;
    8 Compta statement; état de frais statement of expenses; état des comptes financial statements; état financier financial statement; état des ventes d'un magasin a shop's GB ou store's US sales statement;
    9 Jur ( statut) status; état d'épouse/d'enfant légitime/de parent status of a spouse/legitimate child/parent;
    10 Hist ( catégorie sociale) estate; la notion de classe a remplacé celle d'état the concept of class replaced that of estate.
    B faire état de loc verbale
    1 ( arguer) to cite [document, texte, théorie, loi]; faire état du témoignage/de l'opinion de qn pour étayer une thèse to cite sb's testimony/opinion in support of a thesis;
    2 ( mentionner) to mention [conversation, entretien, découverte]; ne faites pas état de cette conversation don't mention this conversation; la presse a fait état de leur conversation the press reported their conversation;
    3 ( exposer) to state [préférences, privilèges, bénéfices]; to air [soupçon, idée];
    4 ( se prévaloir de) to make a point of mentioning [succès, courage]; j'ai fait état de mes diplômes pour obtenir le travail I made a point of mentioning my diplomas to get the job; ils ont fait état des services qu'ils nous ont rendus they made a point of mentioning the things they had done for us in the past.
    état d'alerte Mil state of alert; en état d'alerte on the alert; état d'âme ( scrupule) qualm; ( sentiment) feeling; ne pas avoir d'états d'âme to have no qualms; état de choc Méd, Psych state of shock; en état de choc in a state of shock; état de choses state of affairs; état civil Admin registry office GB; ( de personne) civil status; état de conscience Psych state of consciousness; état de crise Pol, Sociol state of crisis; état d'esprit state ou frame of mind; état de fait fact; les états généraux Hist the Estates General; état de grâce Relig state of grace; en état de grâce lit in a state of grace; fig inspired; état de guerre state of war; état des lieux Jur inventory and statement of state of repair; fig appraisal; faire l'état des lieux to draw up an inventory and statement of state of repair; état de nature Sociol the state of nature; à l'état de nature in the state of nature; état de rêve dream state; état de santé state of health; état de siège state of siege; états de service service record; état d'urgence state of emergency; état de veille waking state; ⇒ tiers.
    être/se mettre dans tous ses états○ to be in/to get into a state○; il se met dans tous ses états pour un rien he gets all worked up○ ou he gets into a state over nothing; être réduit à l'état de loque/d'esclave to be reduced to a wreck/treated as a slave.
    [eta] nom masculin
    1. POLITIQUE [nation] state
    l'État, c'est moifamous phrase attributed to Louis XIV proclaiming the absolute nature of the monarchy
    2. ADMINISTRATION & ÉCONOMIE state
    géré par l'État state-run, publicly run

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > État

  • 13 comunidad

    f.
    1 community (grupo).
    comunidad de propietarios o de vecinos residents' association
    la comunidad científica/internacional the scientific/international community
    comunidad Andina Andean Community
    comunidad autónoma (politics) autonomous region, = largest administrative division in Spain, with its own Parliament and a number of devolved powers
    2 communion (cualidad de común) (de ideas, bienes).
    * * *
    1 community
    \
    en comunidad together
    comunidad autónoma autonomous region
    comunidad de propietarios owners' association
    Comunidad Económica Europea European Economic Community
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) [gen] community; (=sociedad) society, association; (Rel) community; And commune ( of free Indians)

    de o en comunidad — (Jur) jointly

    comunidad autónoma — Esp autonomous region

    2) (=pago) [de piso] service charge, charge for communal services
    COMUNIDAD AUTÓNOMA In Spain the comunidades autónomas are any of the 19 administrative regions consisting of one or more provinces and having political powers devolved from Madrid, as stipulated by the 1978 Constitution. They have their own democratically elected parliaments, form their own cabinets and legislate and execute policies in certain areas such as housing, infrastructure, health and education, though Madrid still retains jurisdiction for all matters affecting the country as a whole, such as defence, foreign affairs and justice. The Comunidades Autónomas are: Andalucía, Aragón, Asturias, Islas Baleares, Canarias, Cantabria, Castilla y León, Castilla-La Mancha, Cataluña, Extremadura, Galicia, Madrid, Murcia, Navarra, País Vasco, La Rioja, Comunidad Valenciana, Ceuta and Melilla. The term Comunidades Históricas refers to Galicia, Catalonia and the Basque Country, which for reasons of history and language consider themselves to some extent separate from the rest of Spain. They were given a measure of independence by the Second Republic (1931-1936), only to have it revoked by Franco in 1939. With the transition to democracy, these groups were the most vociferous and successful in their demand for home rule, partly because they already had experience of federalism and had established a precedent with autonomous institutions like the Catalan Generalitat.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( sociedad) community
    b) ( grupo delimitado) community
    c) (Relig) community
    d) ( asociación) association
    2) ( coincidencia) community

    comunidad de ideales/objetivos — community of ideals/objectives

    •• Cultural note:
    In 1978 power in Spain was decentralized and the country was divided into comunidades autónomas or autonomías (autonomous regions). The new communities have far greater autonomy from central government than the old regiones and were a response to nationalist aspirations, which had built up under Franco. Some regions have more autonomy than others. The Basque Country, Catalonia, and Galicia, for example, had political structures, a desire for independence and their own languages which underpinned their claims to distinctive identities. Andalusia gained almost complete autonomy without having had a nationalist tradition. Other regions, such as Madrid, are to some extent artificial, having been created largely to complete the process. The comunidades autónomas are: Andalusia, Aragon, Asturias, Balearic Islands, the Basque Country (Euskadi), Canary Islands, Cantabria, Castilla y León, Castilla-La Mancha, Catalonia, Extremadura, Galicia, Madrid, Murcia, Navarre, La Rioja, Valencia and the North African enclaves of Ceuta and Melilla
    * * *
    Ex. Language of documents and data bases will need to be tailored to each community.
    ----
    * asociación de la comunidad = community group.
    * biblioteca de la comunidad = community library.
    * bibliotecario encargado de los servicios dirigidos a la comunidad = community services librarian.
    * Comisión de las Comunidades Europeas (CEC) = Commission of the European Communities (CEC).
    * comunidad académica = academic community, learning community.
    * comunidad académica de investigadores = academic research community.
    * comunidad agrícola = farming community.
    * comunidad a la que se sirve = service area.
    * comunidad autónoma = autonomous region.
    * comunidad bancaria, la = banking community, the.
    * comunidad bibliotecaria, la = library community, the, librarianship community, the.
    * Comunidad Británica de Naciones, la = Commonwealth, the.
    * comunidad científica = knowledge community.
    * comunidad científica, la = scientific community, the, scholarly community, the, research community, the, scientific research community, the.
    * comunidad conectada electrónicamente = online community.
    * comunidad de bibliotecarios y documentalistas, la = library and information community, the.
    * comunidad de educadores, la = education community, the.
    * comunidad de lectores = reader community.
    * comunidad de naciones = comity of nations, commonwealth.
    * comunidad de pescadores = fishing community.
    * comunidad de prácticas comunes = community of practice, community of practice, community of practice.
    * comunidad de proveedores = vendor community.
    * comunidad de proveedores, la = vending community, the.
    * comunidad de usuarios = constituency, user community.
    * comunidad de vecinos = housing association.
    * comunidad dispersa = scattered community.
    * Comunidad Económica Europea (CEE) = European Economic Community (EEC).
    * comunidad editorial, la = publishing community, the.
    * comunidad electrónica = online community.
    * comunidad empresarial, la = business community, the.
    * Comunidad Europea (CE) = EC (European Community).
    * Comunidad Europea de la Energía Atómica (Euratom/EAEC) = European Atomic Energy Community (Euratom/EAEC).
    * Comunidad Europea del Carbón y el Acero (CECA) = European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC).
    * comunidad internacional, la = international community, the.
    * comunidad laboral = working community.
    * comunidad lingüística = language community, linguistic community.
    * comunidad local = local community.
    * comunidad marginada = deprived community.
    * comunidad marginal = disadvantaged community.
    * comunidad mundial, la = world community, the.
    * comunidad pluralista = pluralistic community.
    * comunidad religiosa = religious community.
    * comunidad rural = rural community.
    * comunidad urbana = urban community.
    * de la propia comunidad = community-owned.
    * Denominación de Productos para las Estadísticas del Comercio Externo de la = Nomenclature of Goods for the External Trade Statistics of the Community and Statistics of Trade between Member States (NIMEXE).
    * derecho de la comunidad = community right.
    * dirigido a la comunidad = community-based.
    * implicación de la comunidad = community involvement.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * líder de la comunidad = community leader.
    * miembro de la Comunidad = community member, Community member.
    * no perteneciente a la Comunidad Europea = non-EC.
    * países de la Comunidad Europea = European Communities.
    * países miembro de la Comunidad = Community partner.
    * país miembro de la Comunidad = Community member state.
    * patrocinado por la comunidad = community-sponsored.
    * representante de la comunidad = community activist.
    * residente en la comunidad = community-dwelling.
    * toda la comunidad = the community at large.
    * vida de la comunidad = community life.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( sociedad) community
    b) ( grupo delimitado) community
    c) (Relig) community
    d) ( asociación) association
    2) ( coincidencia) community

    comunidad de ideales/objetivos — community of ideals/objectives

    •• Cultural note:
    In 1978 power in Spain was decentralized and the country was divided into comunidades autónomas or autonomías (autonomous regions). The new communities have far greater autonomy from central government than the old regiones and were a response to nationalist aspirations, which had built up under Franco. Some regions have more autonomy than others. The Basque Country, Catalonia, and Galicia, for example, had political structures, a desire for independence and their own languages which underpinned their claims to distinctive identities. Andalusia gained almost complete autonomy without having had a nationalist tradition. Other regions, such as Madrid, are to some extent artificial, having been created largely to complete the process. The comunidades autónomas are: Andalusia, Aragon, Asturias, Balearic Islands, the Basque Country (Euskadi), Canary Islands, Cantabria, Castilla y León, Castilla-La Mancha, Catalonia, Extremadura, Galicia, Madrid, Murcia, Navarre, La Rioja, Valencia and the North African enclaves of Ceuta and Melilla
    * * *

    Ex: Language of documents and data bases will need to be tailored to each community.

    * asociación de la comunidad = community group.
    * biblioteca de la comunidad = community library.
    * bibliotecario encargado de los servicios dirigidos a la comunidad = community services librarian.
    * Comisión de las Comunidades Europeas (CEC) = Commission of the European Communities (CEC).
    * comunidad académica = academic community, learning community.
    * comunidad académica de investigadores = academic research community.
    * comunidad agrícola = farming community.
    * comunidad a la que se sirve = service area.
    * comunidad autónoma = autonomous region.
    * comunidad bancaria, la = banking community, the.
    * comunidad bibliotecaria, la = library community, the, librarianship community, the.
    * Comunidad Británica de Naciones, la = Commonwealth, the.
    * comunidad científica = knowledge community.
    * comunidad científica, la = scientific community, the, scholarly community, the, research community, the, scientific research community, the.
    * comunidad conectada electrónicamente = online community.
    * comunidad de bibliotecarios y documentalistas, la = library and information community, the.
    * comunidad de educadores, la = education community, the.
    * comunidad de lectores = reader community.
    * comunidad de naciones = comity of nations, commonwealth.
    * comunidad de pescadores = fishing community.
    * comunidad de prácticas comunes = community of practice, community of practice, community of practice.
    * comunidad de proveedores = vendor community.
    * comunidad de proveedores, la = vending community, the.
    * comunidad de usuarios = constituency, user community.
    * comunidad de vecinos = housing association.
    * comunidad dispersa = scattered community.
    * Comunidad Económica Europea (CEE) = European Economic Community (EEC).
    * comunidad editorial, la = publishing community, the.
    * comunidad electrónica = online community.
    * comunidad empresarial, la = business community, the.
    * Comunidad Europea (CE) = EC (European Community).
    * Comunidad Europea de la Energía Atómica (Euratom/EAEC) = European Atomic Energy Community (Euratom/EAEC).
    * Comunidad Europea del Carbón y el Acero (CECA) = European Coal and Steel Community (ECSC).
    * comunidad internacional, la = international community, the.
    * comunidad laboral = working community.
    * comunidad lingüística = language community, linguistic community.
    * comunidad local = local community.
    * comunidad marginada = deprived community.
    * comunidad marginal = disadvantaged community.
    * comunidad mundial, la = world community, the.
    * comunidad pluralista = pluralistic community.
    * comunidad religiosa = religious community.
    * comunidad rural = rural community.
    * comunidad urbana = urban community.
    * de la propia comunidad = community-owned.
    * Denominación de Productos para las Estadísticas del Comercio Externo de la = Nomenclature of Goods for the External Trade Statistics of the Community and Statistics of Trade between Member States (NIMEXE).
    * derecho de la comunidad = community right.
    * dirigido a la comunidad = community-based.
    * implicación de la comunidad = community involvement.
    * la comunidad en general = the community at large.
    * líder de la comunidad = community leader.
    * miembro de la Comunidad = community member, Community member.
    * no perteneciente a la Comunidad Europea = non-EC.
    * países de la Comunidad Europea = European Communities.
    * países miembro de la Comunidad = Community partner.
    * país miembro de la Comunidad = Community member state.
    * patrocinado por la comunidad = community-sponsored.
    * representante de la comunidad = community activist.
    * residente en la comunidad = community-dwelling.
    * toda la comunidad = the community at large.
    * vida de la comunidad = community life.

    * * *
    comunidad comunidad autónoma (↑ comunidad a1)
    A
    1 (sociedad) community
    para el bien de la comunidad for the good of the community
    2 (grupo delimitado) community
    la comunidad polaca the Polish community
    vivir en comunidad to live with other people
    3 ( Relig) community
    4 (asociación) association
    Compuestos:
    (British) Commonwealth
    ( Hist) European Economic Community
    ( Hist) European Community
    European Coal and Steel Community
    B (coincidencia) community
    no existe comunidad de ideales/objetivos entre ambos grupos there is no community of ideals/objectives between the two groups, the two groups do not share common ideals/objectives
    la sublevación de las Comunidades the Revolt of the Comuneros
    * * *

     

    comunidad sustantivo femenino
    community;

    comunidad sustantivo femenino community
    comunidad autónoma, autonomous region
    comunidad de bienes, co-ownership
    Comunidad Europea, European Community

    ' comunidad' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bien
    - CE
    - CECA
    - CEE
    - consejería
    - depender
    - EURATOM
    - homologación
    - primar
    - pueblo
    - reintegrar
    - autonomía
    English:
    Commonwealth of Independent States
    - community
    - fraternity
    - homeowners assocation
    - integrate
    - scattered
    - service charge
    - European
    - general
    - pillar
    - service
    * * *
    1. [grupo] community;
    la comunidad científica/educativa/judía the scientific/education/Jewish community;
    vivir en comunidad to live in a community
    Comunidad Andina Andean Community, = organization for regional cooperation formed by Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela;
    comunidad autónoma autonomous region, = largest administrative division in Spain, with its own Parliament and a number of devolved powers;
    comunidad de base [religiosa] base community, = lay Catholic community independent of church hierarchy;
    Comunidad Británica de Naciones (British) Commonwealth;
    Antes Comunidad Económica Europea European Economic Community;
    la Comunidad Europea, las Comunidades Europeas the European Community;
    la comunidad internacional the international community;
    comunidad linguística speech community;
    comunidad de propietarios residents' association;
    comunidad de vecinos residents' association
    2. [de ideas, bienes] communion
    comunidad de bienes co-ownership [between spouses]
    3. Am [colectividad] commune;
    vive en una comunidad anarquista she lives in an anarchist commune
    COMUNIDAD ANDINA
    The Comunidad Andina de Naciones (CAN – Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela) has its origins in the 1969 “Acuerdo de Cartagena”. Over subsequent decades the various institutions which now form the CAN were set up: the Council of Foreign Ministers in 1979, the Court of Justice in 1983, the Presidential Council in 1990, and the General Secretariat in 1997. The ultimate aim has been to create a Latin American common market. A free trade area was established in 1993, and a common external customs tariff in 1994. While all members have adopted a common foreign policy, more ambitious attempts at integration have been less successful. However, with a combined population of 122 million, and a GDP in 2004 of 300 billion dollars, the community is a significant economic group. In 2004, the leaders of the countries of South America decided to create the “Comunidad Sudamericana de Naciones” (“South American Community of Nations”) or CSN by a gradual convergence between the CAN and Mercosur (Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay), plus Chile, Guyana and Surinam. This will create, in time, a vast free-trade area encompassing all of South America.
    * * *
    f community;
    hereditaria heirs pl
    * * *
    : community
    * * *
    comunidad n community [pl. communities]

    Spanish-English dictionary > comunidad

  • 14 sólido

    adj.
    1 solid, firm, strong, brick-and-mortar.
    2 solid, punchy, sound, convincing.
    3 solid, honest, irreproachable.
    m.
    1 solid, solid object, trimensional.
    2 solid, non-liquid.
    * * *
    1 (fuerte) solid, strong; (firme) firm
    1 solid
    ————————
    1 solid
    * * *
    1. (f. - sólida)
    adj.
    2) firm
    2. noun m.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [objeto] (=compacto) solid; (=duro) hard
    2) (Téc) (=firme) solidly made; (=bien construido) well built; [zapatos] stout, strong; [color] fast
    3) (=seguro) [argumento] solid, sound; [base, principio] sound
    2.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1)
    a) <estado/alimentos> solid
    b) <muro/edificio> solid; < base> solid, firm; <mueble/zapatos> solid, sturdy
    c) < terreno> solid, hard
    d) < color> fast
    2)
    a) <argumento/razonamiento> solid, sound; <preparación/principios> sound
    b) < empresa> sound; < relación> steady, strong
    II
    a) (Fís, Mat) solid
    b) sólidos masculino plural (Med) solids (pl)
    * * *
    = robust, firm [firmer -comp., firmest -sup.], solid, sound [sounder -comp., soundest -sup.], strong [stronger -comp., strongest -sup.], stalwart, rock solid, well-founded, articulated.
    Ex. Although microcomputers are relatively robust, they do not take kindly to frequent moves from one location to another, particularly on wheeled trollies.
    Ex. Full consideration of the above factors should form a firm basis for the design of an effective thesaurus or list of subject headings.
    Ex. The genesis of this brave new world of solid state logic, in which bibliographic data are reduced to phantasmagoria on the faces of cathode-ray tubes (CRT), extends at most only three-quarters of a decade into the dim past.
    Ex. Thus the scheme has a sound organisational backing.
    Ex. In fact, the 1979 index figures show a strong contrast between the hardback and paperback turnovers, with the hardback market being down and the paperback market up.
    Ex. In the past decade or so, much stalwart work has been done in order to provide non-textbook reading material for primary school children.
    Ex. The numbers in the ad, which are quite eye-opening, are rock-solid.
    Ex. No citation order, no matter how well-founded, will prove suitable for every searcher.
    Ex. The institutional impact of public libraries on social capital has been studied without a basis in an articulated theory on the creation of social capital = Hasta ahora, el impacto institucional de las bibliotecas públicas sobre el capital social se han estudiado en su mayoría sin partir de una base teórica sólida sobre la creación del capital social.
    ----
    * alimentos sólidos = solid food.
    * combustible sólido = solid fuel.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * física del estado sólido = solid state physics.
    * partícula sólida = solid particle.
    * poco sólido = insubstantial.
    * residuos sólidos = solid waste.
    * sólido como una piedra = rock solid.
    * sólido lácteo = milk solid.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    1)
    a) <estado/alimentos> solid
    b) <muro/edificio> solid; < base> solid, firm; <mueble/zapatos> solid, sturdy
    c) < terreno> solid, hard
    d) < color> fast
    2)
    a) <argumento/razonamiento> solid, sound; <preparación/principios> sound
    b) < empresa> sound; < relación> steady, strong
    II
    a) (Fís, Mat) solid
    b) sólidos masculino plural (Med) solids (pl)
    * * *
    = robust, firm [firmer -comp., firmest -sup.], solid, sound [sounder -comp., soundest -sup.], strong [stronger -comp., strongest -sup.], stalwart, rock solid, well-founded, articulated.

    Ex: Although microcomputers are relatively robust, they do not take kindly to frequent moves from one location to another, particularly on wheeled trollies.

    Ex: Full consideration of the above factors should form a firm basis for the design of an effective thesaurus or list of subject headings.
    Ex: The genesis of this brave new world of solid state logic, in which bibliographic data are reduced to phantasmagoria on the faces of cathode-ray tubes (CRT), extends at most only three-quarters of a decade into the dim past.
    Ex: Thus the scheme has a sound organisational backing.
    Ex: In fact, the 1979 index figures show a strong contrast between the hardback and paperback turnovers, with the hardback market being down and the paperback market up.
    Ex: In the past decade or so, much stalwart work has been done in order to provide non-textbook reading material for primary school children.
    Ex: The numbers in the ad, which are quite eye-opening, are rock-solid.
    Ex: No citation order, no matter how well-founded, will prove suitable for every searcher.
    Ex: The institutional impact of public libraries on social capital has been studied without a basis in an articulated theory on the creation of social capital = Hasta ahora, el impacto institucional de las bibliotecas públicas sobre el capital social se han estudiado en su mayoría sin partir de una base teórica sólida sobre la creación del capital social.
    * alimentos sólidos = solid food.
    * combustible sólido = solid fuel.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * física del estado sólido = solid state physics.
    * partícula sólida = solid particle.
    * poco sólido = insubstantial.
    * residuos sólidos = solid waste.
    * sólido como una piedra = rock solid.
    * sólido lácteo = milk solid.

    * * *
    sólido1 -da
    A
    1 ‹estado/alimentos› solid
    2 ‹muro/edificio› solid; ‹base› solid, firm, secure; ‹mueble/zapatos› solid, solidly made, sturdy
    3 ‹terreno› solid, hard
    4 ‹color› fast
    B
    1 ‹argumento/razonamiento› solid, sound; ‹conocimientos/preparación/principios› sound
    2 ‹empresa› sound; ‹relación› steady, strong
    un empresario de sólido prestigio a businessman with a solid reputation
    una sólida experiencia profesional sound professional experience
    1 ( Fís, Mat) solid
    2 sólidos mpl ( Med) solids (pl)
    * * *

    Del verbo soler: ( conjugate soler)

    solido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    soler    
    sólido
    soler ( conjugate soler) verbo intransitivo:

    no suele retrasarse he's not usually late;
    solía correr todos los días he used to go for a run every day
    sólido 1 -da adjetivo
    1 ( en sentido físico) solid
    2
    a) ‹argumento/razonamiento› solid, sound;

    ‹preparación/principios› sound
    b) ‹ empresa› sound;

    ‹ relación› steady, strong
    sólido 2 sustantivo masculino
    a) (Fís, Mat) solid

    b)

    ◊ sólidos sustantivo masculino plural (Med) solids (pl)

    soler vi defect
    1 (en presente) to be in the habit of: solemos ir en coche, we usually go by car
    sueles equivocarte, you are usually wrong
    2 (en pasado) solía pasear por aquí, he used to walk round here
    En el presente, la traducción más común de soler es el verbo principal más usually: Suele volver a las diez. He usually comes back at ten.
    Para referirnos a costumbres en el pasado hay que usar to use to o would. Would expresa acciones repetidas, mientras que to use to describe también estados o situaciones: Antes íbamos/solíamos ir a la playa en tren. We used to/would go to the beach by train.
    No confundas to use to (do sthg) con to be used to (doing sthg), que significa estar acostumbrado y, al contrario que to use to, puede usarse también en presente: Estoy acostumbrado a coger el metro. I'm used to taking the metro. ➣ Ver nota en accustom
    sólido,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 Fís Quím solid
    2 (material) strong
    II sustantivo masculino solid
    ' sólido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    diente
    - sólida
    - diluir
    - macizo
    - pulverizar
    English:
    clash
    - established
    - filling station
    - firm
    - massive
    - solid
    - sound
    - stable
    - strong
    - sturdy
    - substantial
    - unsound
    - well-established
    - cast
    - flimsy
    - robust
    - rocky
    - secure
    - stout
    - weak
    * * *
    sólido, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [cuerpo] solid;
    2. [relación] strong
    3. [fundamento] firm;
    [argumento, conocimiento, idea] sound, solid
    4. [color] fast
    ♦ nm
    solid
    * * *
    I adj solid; fig: conclusion sound
    II m FÍS solid
    * * *
    sólido, -da adj
    1) : solid, firm
    2) : sturdy, well-made
    3) : sound, well-founded
    ♦ sólidamente adv
    : solid
    * * *
    sólido adj solid

    Spanish-English dictionary > sólido

  • 15 avivar

    v.
    1 to rekindle (sentimiento).
    2 to arouse, to light up, to enkindle, to kindle.
    Las rosas avivaron la pasión The roses aroused the passion.
    3 to stir up, to excite, to animate, to awaken.
    La música aviva la fiesta Music stirs up the party.
    4 to stoke.
    El combustible aviva las calderas The fuel stokes the boilers.
    * * *
    1 (fuego) to stoke (up)
    2 (anhelos, deseos) to enliven
    3 (pasiones, dolor) to intensify
    4 (paso) to quicken
    5 (colores, luz) to brighten up
    1 to become brighter, become livelier
    1 to become brighter, become livelier
    * * *
    verb
    1) to enliven, brighten
    2) arouse, excite
    * * *
    1.
    VT [+ fuego] to stoke, stoke up; [+ color] to brighten; [+ dolor] to intensify; [+ pasión] to excite, arouse; [+ disputa] to add fuel to; [+ interés] to stimulate; [+ esfuerzo] to revive; [+ efecto] to enhance, heighten; [+ combatientes] to urge on
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo < fuego> to get... going; < color> to make... brighter; <pasión/deseo> to arouse; < dolor> to intensify
    2.
    avivarse v pron
    a) fuego to revive, flare up; debate to come alive, liven up
    b) (AmL fam) ( despabilarse) to wise up (colloq)
    * * *
    = fuel, be fired with, enliven, quicken, sparkle, stoke, jazz up, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    Ex. This is in line with recent trends in the historical sciences generally fuelled by the feeling that in the past historians did not pay enough attention to what is, after all, the majority of humanity.
    Ex. Librarians and bibliographers are as deeply fired with the idealistic fervour which is alleged to have imbued the medieval knights.
    Ex. Children in this state are in a crisis of confidence from which they must be relieved before their set about books can be refreshed and enlivened.
    Ex. For, methinks, the present condition of man is like a field, where battle hath been lately fought, where we may see many legs, and arms, and eyes lying here and there, which, for want of a union, and a soul to quicken and enliven them, are good for nothing, but to feed ravens, and infect the air.
    Ex. His talks sparkle with Southern humor and a distinct voice known to mention rednecks, the evil of institutions, and racial reconciliation.
    Ex. The media have regularly stoked public feelings of shame by affirming that English football fans are synonymous with hooliganism, overlooking the fact that not all fans are 'hooligans'.
    Ex. After jazzing up her appearance with a new blonde hairdo, she turns up in his office and talks him into taking her out for a meal.
    Ex. Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.
    Ex. Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.
    Ex. There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.
    Ex. We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.
    Ex. David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.
    Ex. Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.
    Ex. After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo < fuego> to get... going; < color> to make... brighter; <pasión/deseo> to arouse; < dolor> to intensify
    2.
    avivarse v pron
    a) fuego to revive, flare up; debate to come alive, liven up
    b) (AmL fam) ( despabilarse) to wise up (colloq)
    * * *
    = fuel, be fired with, enliven, quicken, sparkle, stoke, jazz up, move it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.

    Ex: This is in line with recent trends in the historical sciences generally fuelled by the feeling that in the past historians did not pay enough attention to what is, after all, the majority of humanity.

    Ex: Librarians and bibliographers are as deeply fired with the idealistic fervour which is alleged to have imbued the medieval knights.
    Ex: Children in this state are in a crisis of confidence from which they must be relieved before their set about books can be refreshed and enlivened.
    Ex: For, methinks, the present condition of man is like a field, where battle hath been lately fought, where we may see many legs, and arms, and eyes lying here and there, which, for want of a union, and a soul to quicken and enliven them, are good for nothing, but to feed ravens, and infect the air.
    Ex: His talks sparkle with Southern humor and a distinct voice known to mention rednecks, the evil of institutions, and racial reconciliation.
    Ex: The media have regularly stoked public feelings of shame by affirming that English football fans are synonymous with hooliganism, overlooking the fact that not all fans are 'hooligans'.
    Ex: After jazzing up her appearance with a new blonde hairdo, she turns up in his office and talks him into taking her out for a meal.
    Ex: Liverpool and Chelsea are grabbing all the headlines, but Arsenal have quietly moved it up a gear scoring 10 goals in their last three league games.
    Ex: Start gently, ease yourself in by breaking the workout down into three one minute sessions until you are ready to notch it up a gear and join them together.
    Ex: There was not much to separate the sides in the first ten minutes however Arsenal took it up a gear and got the goal but not without a bit of luck.
    Ex: We have a good time together and we're good friends.. but I'd like to take it up a notch.
    Ex: David quickly comprehended our project needs and then cranked it up a notch with impactful design.
    Ex: Went for a bike ride with a mate last week, no problems so will crank it up a gear and tackle some hills in the next few weeks.
    Ex: After a regular walking routine is established, why not move it up a notch and start jogging, if you haven't already.

    * * *
    avivar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹fuego› to get … going
    2 ‹color› to make … brighter
    3 ‹sentimiento/pasión/deseo› to arouse; ‹dolor› to make … worse, intensify
    1 «fuego» to revive, flare up; «debate» to come alive, liven up
    2 ( AmL fam) (despabilarse) to wise up ( colloq), to buck one's ideas up ( colloq), to get one's act together ( colloq)
    * * *

    avivar ( conjugate avivar) verbo transitivo ‹ fuego› to get … going;
    ‹ color› to make … brighter;
    ‹pasión/deseo› to arouse;
    ‹ dolor› to intensify
    avivarse verbo pronominal

    [ debate] to come alive, liven up
    b) (AmL fam) ( despabilarse) to wise up (colloq)

    avivar verbo transitivo
    1 (fuego) to stoke (up)
    2 (intensificar) to intensify
    3 (ir más deprisa) to quicken
    ' avivar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    encender
    - espabilar
    - inflamar
    English:
    fan
    - stoke
    - whip up
    - feed
    - fire
    - fuel
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [fuego] to stoke up
    2. [color] to brighten
    3. [sentimiento] to intensify;
    el asesinato avivó los odios entre las dos comunidades the murder served to fuel the hatred between the two communities
    4. [polémica] to stir up;
    [debate] to liven up
    5. [acelerar]
    avivar el paso o [m5] ritmo to quicken one's pace, to go faster
    6. RP Fam
    avivar a alguien [despabilar] to wise sb up;
    [informar] to fill sb in
    * * *
    v/t
    1 fuego revive
    2 interés arouse
    3
    :
    avivar el paso speed up
    * * *
    avivar vt
    1) : to enliven, to brighten
    2) : to strengthen, to intensify

    Spanish-English dictionary > avivar

  • 16 nivel

    m.
    1 level, height (altura).
    al nivel de level with
    al nivel del mar at sea level
    la capital está a 250 metros sobre el nivel del mar the capital is 250 meters above sea level
    2 level, standard (grado).
    no tiene un buen nivel de inglés his level of English is poor
    una reunión al más alto nivel a meeting at the highest level, a top-level meeting
    al mismo nivel (que) on a level o par (with)
    a nivel europeo at a European level
    nivel mental level of intelligence
    nivel de vida standard of living
    3 spirit level (instrument).
    4 carpenter's level, level.
    5 floor, storey, decker.
    De dos niveles Used as a suffix -decker: Double-decker
    * * *
    1 (altura) level, height
    2 (categoría) level, standard, degree
    \
    a nivel de as for
    ■ a nivel de gastos as far as expenses are concerned, regarding expenses
    al más alto nivel at the highest level
    nivel de producción production level
    nivel de vida standard of living
    nivel del mar sea level
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=altura) level, height

    la nieve alcanzó un nivel de 1,5m — the snow reached a depth of 1.5m

    a nivel — [gen] level, flush; (=horizontal) horizontal

    al nivel de — on a level with, at the same height as, on the same level as

    paso a nivel — level crossing, grade crossing (EEUU)

    nivel de(l) aceite — (Aut etc) oil level

    2) [escolar, cultural] level, standard

    conferencia al más alto nivel, conferencia de alto nivel — high-level conference, top-level conference

    estar al nivel de — to be equal to, be on a level with

    niveles de audiencia — ratings, audience rating sing ; (TV) viewing figures

    3) (=instrumento) (tb: nivel de aire, nivel de burbuja) spirit level
    4)

    a nivel de — (=en cuanto a) as for, as regards; (=como) as; (=a tono con) in keeping with

    a nivel de viajes — so far as travel is concerned, regarding travel

    * * *
    a) ( altura) level
    b) (en escala, jerarquía) level
    * * *
    = degree, extent, index [indices/indexes, -pl.], level, range, scale, threshold, rank, gradation, grade, plateau [plateaux, -pl.], stratum [strata, -pl.], tier, rung.
    Ex. This degree of standardisation is not the pattern outside of this specific area of application.
    Ex. The extent of searchable elements will vary from one data base to another.
    Ex. As job anxiety scores increased, job satisfaction indices decreased.
    Ex. In particular series entries are useful for series where the series title indicates a particular subject scope, style of approach, level or audience.
    Ex. Overall, the library media specialists experienced stress in the mild to moderate range.
    Ex. Various scales of relevance ratings may be established.
    Ex. But documents with the following terms assigned would be rejected on the grounds that their combined weights did not exceed the pre-selected threshold.
    Ex. However, Cutter suggested that we should ignore on economic grounds both upward links (from narrower to broader subjects) and collateral (sideways) links from one term to another of equal rank.
    Ex. Until the mid nineteen hundreds, this community presented an almost feudal pattern of wealthy merchants and factory hands, with several gradations between these extremes.
    Ex. The project is concerned with the investigation of conditions of appointment for women librarians as well as the grades and salary scales assigned to library tasks.
    Ex. With the advent of both library on-line public access catalogue and end-user searching of on-line and CD-ROM data bases, the need for improved instruction in library use approaches a new plateau.
    Ex. However, amongst this stratum of the population, library users demonstrated greater residential stability.
    Ex. The author proposes a four tier planning framework for information technology, information systems and information management.
    Ex. In all types of libraries, programmes have been started, usually by keen librarians from the lower rungs of the profession.
    ----
    * a bajo nivel = low-level.
    * a diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * a dos niveles = two-tier.
    * alcanzar niveles mínimos = reach + a low ebb.
    * alfabetización a nivel mundial = world literacy.
    * al mismo nivel de = flush with.
    * al mismo nivel que = on a par with, in the same league as.
    * alto nivel = high standard.
    * a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * a nivel de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * a nivel de calle = on the ground level.
    * a nivel de la calle = at ground level.
    * a nivel del suelo = at ground level.
    * a nivel estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * a nivel federal = federally, federally.
    * a nivel individual = privately.
    * a nivel local = locally, domestically.
    * a nivel multicultural = multi-culturally [multiculturally].
    * a nivel mundial = worldwide [world-wide], globally.
    * a nivel nacional = nationally, domestically, countrywide [country-wide].
    * a nivel privado = privately.
    * a nivel regional = regionally.
    * a todos los niveles = at all levels.
    * a tres niveles = three-tiered.
    * a un alto nivel = high level [high-level].
    * a un nivel básico = at a lay level.
    * a un nivel por debajo del nacional = sub-national [subnational].
    * a varios niveles = multilevel [multi-level], at varying levels, many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * bajada de nivel = drawdown.
    * bajar el nivel = lower + the bar.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * clasificado por nivel de dificultad = graded.
    * construido en dos niveles = split-level.
    * con una nivel de especialización medio = semi-skilled.
    * con un buen nivel = fluent.
    * con un mayor nivel educativo = better educated [better-educated].
    * con un menor nivel educativo = lesser-educated.
    * con un nivel de estudios alto = well educated [well-educated].
    * curva de nivel = contour line.
    * dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * de nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * de nivel intelectual medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * de nivel medio = medium level [medium-level], middle-range, mid-level.
    * de nivel superior = upper-level, top echelon, higher-level.
    * de primer nivel = first-level.
    * descenso de nivel = drawdown.
    * descripción bibliográfica de primer nivel = first-level bibliographic description.
    * de segundo nivel = second-level.
    * de tercer nivel = third-level.
    * de tres niveles = three-tiered.
    * de varios niveles = multilevel [multi-level].
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en otro nivel = on a different plane.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en un nivel bajo = at a low ebb.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * gestor de nivel medio = middle manager.
    * gran nivel = high standard.
    * nivel alto de dirección = higher management.
    * nivel alto de gestión = higher management.
    * nivel avanzado = advanced level.
    * nivel básico = introductory level.
    * nivel cultural = literacy.
    * nivel de aceptación = adoption rate, acceptance rate.
    * nivel de adopción = adoption rate.
    * nivel de alfabetización = literacy, literacy rate.
    * nivel de analfabetismo = illiteracy rate.
    * nivel de atención = attention span.
    * nivel de azúcar en la sangre = level of blood sugar.
    * nivel de cobertura = depth of coverage.
    * nivel de colesterol = cholesterol level.
    * nivel de colesterol en la sangre = blood cholesterol level.
    * nivel de confianza = confidence level.
    * nivel de demanda = level of demand.
    * nivel de desarrollo = stage of development, developmental level, development level, level of development.
    * nivel de detalle = completeness, granularity, level of detail.
    * nivel de dominio medio = working knowledge.
    * nivel de estudios = educational background, level of education.
    * nivel de ingresos = income level, earning capacity, earning power.
    * nivel de la calle = road-level.
    * nivel del agua = water level.
    * nivel del alfabetización = literacy.
    * nivel de lectura = reading ability.
    * nivel de los usuarios = audience level.
    * nivel del público = audience level.
    * nivel del subconsciente, el = subconscious level, the.
    * nivel de luminosidad = light level.
    * nivel de pobreza = poverty level.
    * nivel de presentación = level of presentation.
    * nivel de ruido = noise level.
    * nivel de saciedad = point of futility.
    * nivel de satisfacción del usuario = user satisfaction.
    * nivel de saturación = point of futility.
    * nivel de solvencia = credit rating.
    * nivel de subdivisión = granularity.
    * nivel de utilización = degree of use.
    * nivel de vida = standard of living, living standard.
    * nivel económico = wealth.
    * nivel educativo = educational level, education level, level of education.
    * nivel escolar = grade level.
    * niveles de detalle en la descripción = levels of detail in the description.
    * nivel freático = groundwater table, water table.
    * nivel inferior = micro level [micro-leve/microlevel].
    * nivel intermedio = meso level, intermediate level.
    * nivel introductorio = introductory level.
    * nivel jerárquico falso = false link.
    * nivel máximo = high-water mark.
    * nivel máximo del agua = high-water mark.
    * nivel medio = middle range.
    * nivel medio de gestión = middle management.
    * nivel mínimo = low-water mark.
    * nivel mínimo del agua = low-water mark.
    * nivel profesional = competence, professional level.
    * nivel salarial = salary bracket.
    * nivel socioeconómico = socioeconomic status.
    * nivel superior = top level, top layer, macro level [macro-leve/macrolevel].
    * ocupar un nivel de prioridad alto = be high on + list, rank + high on the list of priorities.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * paso a nivel = level-crossing.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * preparación contra emergencias a nivel nacional = domestic preparedness.
    * rebajarse al nivel de Alguien = get down to + Posesivo + level.
    * ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.
    * sin ningún nivel de especialización = unskilled.
    * situado a nivel de la calle = ground-floor.
    * subir de nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * subir el nivel = raise + standard, raise + the bar.
    * teoría de niveles integrados = theory of integrative levels.
    * último nivel, el = bottom rung, the.
    * * *
    a) ( altura) level
    b) (en escala, jerarquía) level
    * * *
    = degree, extent, index [indices/indexes, -pl.], level, range, scale, threshold, rank, gradation, grade, plateau [plateaux, -pl.], stratum [strata, -pl.], tier, rung.

    Ex: This degree of standardisation is not the pattern outside of this specific area of application.

    Ex: The extent of searchable elements will vary from one data base to another.
    Ex: As job anxiety scores increased, job satisfaction indices decreased.
    Ex: In particular series entries are useful for series where the series title indicates a particular subject scope, style of approach, level or audience.
    Ex: Overall, the library media specialists experienced stress in the mild to moderate range.
    Ex: Various scales of relevance ratings may be established.
    Ex: But documents with the following terms assigned would be rejected on the grounds that their combined weights did not exceed the pre-selected threshold.
    Ex: However, Cutter suggested that we should ignore on economic grounds both upward links (from narrower to broader subjects) and collateral (sideways) links from one term to another of equal rank.
    Ex: Until the mid nineteen hundreds, this community presented an almost feudal pattern of wealthy merchants and factory hands, with several gradations between these extremes.
    Ex: The project is concerned with the investigation of conditions of appointment for women librarians as well as the grades and salary scales assigned to library tasks.
    Ex: With the advent of both library on-line public access catalogue and end-user searching of on-line and CD-ROM data bases, the need for improved instruction in library use approaches a new plateau.
    Ex: However, amongst this stratum of the population, library users demonstrated greater residential stability.
    Ex: The author proposes a four tier planning framework for information technology, information systems and information management.
    Ex: In all types of libraries, programmes have been started, usually by keen librarians from the lower rungs of the profession.
    * a bajo nivel = low-level.
    * a diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * a dos niveles = two-tier.
    * alcanzar niveles mínimos = reach + a low ebb.
    * alfabetización a nivel mundial = world literacy.
    * al mismo nivel de = flush with.
    * al mismo nivel que = on a par with, in the same league as.
    * alto nivel = high standard.
    * a muchos niveles = many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * a nivel de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * a nivel de calle = on the ground level.
    * a nivel de la calle = at ground level.
    * a nivel del suelo = at ground level.
    * a nivel estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * a nivel federal = federally, federally.
    * a nivel individual = privately.
    * a nivel local = locally, domestically.
    * a nivel multicultural = multi-culturally [multiculturally].
    * a nivel mundial = worldwide [world-wide], globally.
    * a nivel nacional = nationally, domestically, countrywide [country-wide].
    * a nivel privado = privately.
    * a nivel regional = regionally.
    * a todos los niveles = at all levels.
    * a tres niveles = three-tiered.
    * a un alto nivel = high level [high-level].
    * a un nivel básico = at a lay level.
    * a un nivel por debajo del nacional = sub-national [subnational].
    * a varios niveles = multilevel [multi-level], at varying levels, many-levelled [many-leveled, -USA].
    * bajada de nivel = drawdown.
    * bajar el nivel = lower + the bar.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * clasificado por nivel de dificultad = graded.
    * construido en dos niveles = split-level.
    * con una nivel de especialización medio = semi-skilled.
    * con un buen nivel = fluent.
    * con un mayor nivel educativo = better educated [better-educated].
    * con un menor nivel educativo = lesser-educated.
    * con un nivel de estudios alto = well educated [well-educated].
    * curva de nivel = contour line.
    * dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * de nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * de nivel intelectual medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * de nivel medio = medium level [medium-level], middle-range, mid-level.
    * de nivel superior = upper-level, top echelon, higher-level.
    * de primer nivel = first-level.
    * descenso de nivel = drawdown.
    * descripción bibliográfica de primer nivel = first-level bibliographic description.
    * de segundo nivel = second-level.
    * de tercer nivel = third-level.
    * de tres niveles = three-tiered.
    * de varios niveles = multilevel [multi-level].
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en otro nivel = on a different plane.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en un nivel bajo = at a low ebb.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * gestor de nivel medio = middle manager.
    * gran nivel = high standard.
    * nivel alto de dirección = higher management.
    * nivel alto de gestión = higher management.
    * nivel avanzado = advanced level.
    * nivel básico = introductory level.
    * nivel cultural = literacy.
    * nivel de aceptación = adoption rate, acceptance rate.
    * nivel de adopción = adoption rate.
    * nivel de alfabetización = literacy, literacy rate.
    * nivel de analfabetismo = illiteracy rate.
    * nivel de atención = attention span.
    * nivel de azúcar en la sangre = level of blood sugar.
    * nivel de cobertura = depth of coverage.
    * nivel de colesterol = cholesterol level.
    * nivel de colesterol en la sangre = blood cholesterol level.
    * nivel de confianza = confidence level.
    * nivel de demanda = level of demand.
    * nivel de desarrollo = stage of development, developmental level, development level, level of development.
    * nivel de detalle = completeness, granularity, level of detail.
    * nivel de dominio medio = working knowledge.
    * nivel de estudios = educational background, level of education.
    * nivel de ingresos = income level, earning capacity, earning power.
    * nivel de la calle = road-level.
    * nivel del agua = water level.
    * nivel del alfabetización = literacy.
    * nivel de lectura = reading ability.
    * nivel de los usuarios = audience level.
    * nivel del público = audience level.
    * nivel del subconsciente, el = subconscious level, the.
    * nivel de luminosidad = light level.
    * nivel de pobreza = poverty level.
    * nivel de presentación = level of presentation.
    * nivel de ruido = noise level.
    * nivel de saciedad = point of futility.
    * nivel de satisfacción del usuario = user satisfaction.
    * nivel de saturación = point of futility.
    * nivel de solvencia = credit rating.
    * nivel de subdivisión = granularity.
    * nivel de utilización = degree of use.
    * nivel de vida = standard of living, living standard.
    * nivel económico = wealth.
    * nivel educativo = educational level, education level, level of education.
    * nivel escolar = grade level.
    * niveles de detalle en la descripción = levels of detail in the description.
    * nivel freático = groundwater table, water table.
    * nivel inferior = micro level [micro-leve/microlevel].
    * nivel intermedio = meso level, intermediate level.
    * nivel introductorio = introductory level.
    * nivel jerárquico falso = false link.
    * nivel máximo = high-water mark.
    * nivel máximo del agua = high-water mark.
    * nivel medio = middle range.
    * nivel medio de gestión = middle management.
    * nivel mínimo = low-water mark.
    * nivel mínimo del agua = low-water mark.
    * nivel profesional = competence, professional level.
    * nivel salarial = salary bracket.
    * nivel socioeconómico = socioeconomic status.
    * nivel superior = top level, top layer, macro level [macro-leve/macrolevel].
    * ocupar un nivel de prioridad alto = be high on + list, rank + high on the list of priorities.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * paso a nivel = level-crossing.
    * persona con nivel cultural medio = middlebrow [middle-brow].
    * persona de nivel cultural bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * persona de nivel intelectual bajo = lowbrow [low-brow].
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * preparación contra emergencias a nivel nacional = domestic preparedness.
    * rebajarse al nivel de Alguien = get down to + Posesivo + level.
    * ser de alto nivel = be at a high level.
    * sin ningún nivel de especialización = unskilled.
    * situado a nivel de la calle = ground-floor.
    * subir de nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * subir el nivel = raise + standard, raise + the bar.
    * teoría de niveles integrados = theory of integrative levels.
    * último nivel, el = bottom rung, the.

    * * *
    A
    1 (altura) level
    está a 2.300 metros sobre el nivel del mar it is 2,300 meters above sea level
    pon los cuadros al mismo nivel hang the pictures at the same height
    2 (en una escala, jerarquía) level
    negociaciones al más alto nivel top-level negotiations
    un funcionario de bajo nivel a low-ranking civil servant
    a nivel de mandos medios at middle-management level
    una solución a nivel internacional an international solution
    la obra no llega a pasar del nivel de un melodrama the play never rises above melodrama
    no está al nivel de los demás he's not up to the same standard as the others, he's not on a par with the others
    no supo estar al nivel de las circunstancias he failed to rise to the occasion, he didn't live up to expectations
    es incapaz de comprometerse tanto a nivel político como a nivel personal he's incapable of committing himself either politically or emotionally o on either a political or an emotional level
    Compuestos:
    standard of living
    water table
    B ( Const) tb
    nivel de burbuja or de aire spirit level
    * * *

     

    nivel sustantivo masculino

    b) (en escala, jerarquía) level;


    nivel de vida standard of living;
    no está al nivel de los demás he's not up to the same standard as the others;
    el nivel de las universidades mexicanas the standard of Mexican universities
    nivel sustantivo masculino
    1 (de las aguas, de un punto) level: estamos tres metros sobre el nivel del mar, we are at three metres above sea level
    2 (cultural, social, económico) level, standard: su nivel de francés es peor que el tuyo, her level of French is lower than yours
    3 (jerarquía) level
    4 (utensilio) level
    5 Ferroc paso a nivel, level crossing, US grade crossing
    ' nivel' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alta
    - alto
    - altura
    - baja
    - bajo
    - escalón
    - indicador
    - indicadora
    - ministerial
    - paso
    - plana
    - plano
    - ras
    - tren
    - alcanzar
    - azúcar
    - chato
    - competir
    - creces
    - crecida
    - cultural
    - descender
    - descenso
    - desnivelado
    - elemental
    - elevar
    - equiparar
    - hundimiento
    - hundir
    - intermedio
    - menguar
    - parejo
    - rango
    - sobre
    - sobrepasar
    - superior
    English:
    above
    - academic
    - catch up
    - crossing
    - down
    - grade
    - ground level
    - high-level
    - high-powered
    - intermediate
    - keep up
    - level
    - level crossing
    - living standards
    - maintain
    - oil
    - oil gauge
    - par
    - plane
    - proficiency
    - quality
    - rank
    - reach
    - sea-level
    - spirit level
    - stand
    - standard
    - top
    - top-level
    - up to
    - water level
    - watermark
    - A level
    - basis
    - bracket
    - catch
    - comprehensive
    - contour
    - county
    - deck
    - degree
    - descend
    - dumb
    - ground
    - high
    - keep
    - lapse
    - living
    - lowest common denominator
    - low
    * * *
    nivel nm
    1. [altura] level, height;
    al nivel de level with;
    al nivel del mar at sea level;
    la capital está a 250 metros sobre el nivel del mar the capital is 250 metres above sea level
    2. [piso, capa] level
    Geol nivel freático groundwater level o table
    3. [grado] level, standard;
    a nivel europeo at a European level;
    son los líderes a nivel mundial they are the world leaders;
    un problema que hay que abordar a nivel mundial a problem that has to be tackled internationally o globally;
    tiene un buen nivel de inglés she speaks good English;
    en esa universidad tienen un nivel altísimo the standard at that university is very high;
    una reunión al más alto nivel a meeting at the highest level, a top-level meeting;
    al mismo nivel (que) on a level o par (with)
    Informát nivel de acceso access level;
    nivel de colesterol cholesterol level;
    Informát niveles de gris grey(scale) levels;
    nivel mental level of intelligence;
    nivel de vida standard of living
    4. [instrumento]
    nivel (de burbuja) spirit level
    5.
    a nivel de [considerado incorrecto] as regards, as for;
    a nivel de salarios as regards o as for salaries;
    a nivel personal estoy contento on a personal level I'm happy
    * * *
    m
    1 level;
    a nivel mundial/nacional at o on a global/national level;
    un incremento del 4% a nivel nacional a 4% increase nationwide
    2 ( altura) height
    * * *
    nivel nm
    1) : level, height
    nivel del mar: sea level
    2) : level, standard
    nivel de vida: standard of living
    * * *
    1. (en general) level
    2. (calidad) standard

    Spanish-English dictionary > nivel

  • 17 descubrir

    v.
    1 to discover.
    Elsa descubrió el escondite Elsa discovered the hiding place.
    2 to unveil (destapar) (estatua, placa).
    la entrevista nos descubrió otra faceta de su personalidad the interview revealed another aspect of his character
    descubrir el pastel (figurative) to let the cat out of the bag, to give the game away
    3 to discover, to find out (enterarse de).
    descubrió que su mujer lo engañaba he discovered o found out that his wife was cheating on him
    4 to give away.
    5 to uncover, to bare, to find out.
    Elsa descubre sus brazos Elsa uncovers her arms.
    6 to disclose, to bare, to expose, to reveal.
    Teo descubrió su secreto Teo disclosed his secret.
    * * *
    (pp descubierto,-a)
    1 (gen) to discover; (petróleo, oro, minas) to find; (conspiración) to uncover; (crimen) to bring to light
    2 (revelar) to reveal
    3 (averiguar) to find out, discover
    4 (delatar) to give away
    5 (divisar) to make out, see
    6 (destapar) to uncover
    1 (la cabeza) to take off one's hat
    2 figurado (abrirse) to open one's heart (a/con, to)
    3 (en boxeo) to lower one's guard
    * * *
    verb
    1) to discover, find out
    * * *
    ( pp descubierto)
    1. VT
    1) (=encontrar) [+ tesoro, tratamiento, persona oculta] to discover, find; [+ país, deportista] to discover

    descubra Bruselas, corazón de Europa — discover Brussels, the heart of Europe

    2) (=averiguar) [+ verdad] to find out, discover

    he descubierto la causa de su malhumor — I've found out o discovered why he's in such a bad mood

    descubrió que era alérgica a las gambas — she found out o discovered she was allergic to prawns

    3) (=sacar a la luz) [+ conspiración, estafa] to uncover; [+ secreto, intenciones] to reveal

    nunca nos descubrirá sus secretos — he will never tell us his secrets, he will never reveal his secrets to us

    4) (=delatar) to give away
    5) (=destapar) [+ estatua, placa] to unveil; [+ cacerola] to take the lid off; [+ naipes] to turn over, lay up; [+ cara] to uncover

    descubrió la cara y su contrincante le asestó un derechazo en la mandíbula — he uncovered his face and his opponent landed a right on his jaw

    6) (=divisar) to make out
    7) liter (=transparentar) to reveal
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <tierras/sustancia/fenómeno> to discover; <oro/ruinas/cadáver> to discover, find; < virus> to identify
    b) <artista/atleta> to discover
    2)
    a) (enterarse de, averiguar) <razón/solución> to discover, find out; <complot/engaño> to uncover; < fraude> to detect
    b) < persona escondida> to find, track down
    c) < culpable> find... out
    d) ( delatar) to give... away
    3)
    a) <estatua/placa> to unveil
    b) (liter) ( dejar ver) <cuerpo/forma> to reveal
    c) ( revelar) <planes/intenciones> to reveal
    2.
    descubrirse v pron
    1) (refl) ( quitarse el sombrero) to take one's hat off; < rostro> to uncover

    me descubro! — I take my hat off to you/him/them

    2) ( delatarse) to give oneself away
    * * *
    = dig up, discover, find out, unlock, spy, uncover, unearth, find, come to + light, unveil, ferret out, unfurl, lay + bare, tease apart, bare, suss (out).
    Ex. The list of changed headings is almost literally endless if you have the patience to dig them all up.
    Ex. This, in turn, depends upon users and user interests, and it may be necessary to conduct a survey to discover or update the profile of user interests.
    Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex. NTIS is a key partner in unlocking the world's technology.
    Ex. She spied Asadorian in earnest converse with McSpadden.
    Ex. It requires an extraordinarily astute librarian to uncover this shortcoming at the interview stage.
    Ex. Librarians also provide some assistance with that most familiar and awkward-to-handle enquiry from library users concerning the possible value of Grandpa's old Bible or other old book unearthed in the attic during a clear-out.
    Ex. His trial came up in July 1892 and by then the city accountant had found that over $9,000 had been misappropriated.
    Ex. A further disquieting feature which came to light was the number of people who did not approach staff for help.
    Ex. Here is an institution which knows, neither rank nor wealth within its walls, which stops the ignorant peer or the ignorant monarch at its threshold, and declines to unveil to him its treasures, or to waste time upon him, and yet welcomes the workman according to his knowledge or thirst for knowledge.
    Ex. As a rule analysts are left on their own to ferret out useful and appropriate areas to be investigated.
    Ex. This volume is in fact three books shuffled together under one luscious cover, unfurling as a fantasia on technique that explores, among other things, Mau's riffs on modernism.
    Ex. The aim of this article is to lay bare the causes of this state of affairs.
    Ex. The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.
    Ex. The judge ruled that a magazine that published a photograph of a woman baring her breasts at a pig roast did not intrude on her privacy.
    Ex. He was incredulous when he sussed that the noises came from bona-fide gibbons.
    ----
    * descubrir Algo = make + a discovery.
    * descubrir el pastel = blow + the gaff, spill + the beans, let + the cat out of the bag.
    * descubrir una mina de oro = strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * descubrir un secreto = spill + the beans, blow + the gaff, let + the cat out of the bag.
    * posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.
    * sin descubrir = undiscovered.
    * volver a descubrir = rediscover.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <tierras/sustancia/fenómeno> to discover; <oro/ruinas/cadáver> to discover, find; < virus> to identify
    b) <artista/atleta> to discover
    2)
    a) (enterarse de, averiguar) <razón/solución> to discover, find out; <complot/engaño> to uncover; < fraude> to detect
    b) < persona escondida> to find, track down
    c) < culpable> find... out
    d) ( delatar) to give... away
    3)
    a) <estatua/placa> to unveil
    b) (liter) ( dejar ver) <cuerpo/forma> to reveal
    c) ( revelar) <planes/intenciones> to reveal
    2.
    descubrirse v pron
    1) (refl) ( quitarse el sombrero) to take one's hat off; < rostro> to uncover

    me descubro! — I take my hat off to you/him/them

    2) ( delatarse) to give oneself away
    * * *
    = dig up, discover, find out, unlock, spy, uncover, unearth, find, come to + light, unveil, ferret out, unfurl, lay + bare, tease apart, bare, suss (out).

    Ex: The list of changed headings is almost literally endless if you have the patience to dig them all up.

    Ex: This, in turn, depends upon users and user interests, and it may be necessary to conduct a survey to discover or update the profile of user interests.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    Ex: NTIS is a key partner in unlocking the world's technology.
    Ex: She spied Asadorian in earnest converse with McSpadden.
    Ex: It requires an extraordinarily astute librarian to uncover this shortcoming at the interview stage.
    Ex: Librarians also provide some assistance with that most familiar and awkward-to-handle enquiry from library users concerning the possible value of Grandpa's old Bible or other old book unearthed in the attic during a clear-out.
    Ex: His trial came up in July 1892 and by then the city accountant had found that over $9,000 had been misappropriated.
    Ex: A further disquieting feature which came to light was the number of people who did not approach staff for help.
    Ex: Here is an institution which knows, neither rank nor wealth within its walls, which stops the ignorant peer or the ignorant monarch at its threshold, and declines to unveil to him its treasures, or to waste time upon him, and yet welcomes the workman according to his knowledge or thirst for knowledge.
    Ex: As a rule analysts are left on their own to ferret out useful and appropriate areas to be investigated.
    Ex: This volume is in fact three books shuffled together under one luscious cover, unfurling as a fantasia on technique that explores, among other things, Mau's riffs on modernism.
    Ex: The aim of this article is to lay bare the causes of this state of affairs.
    Ex: The author and his colleagues embarked on a series of studies to tease apart hereditary and environmental factors thought to be implicated in schizophrenia.
    Ex: The judge ruled that a magazine that published a photograph of a woman baring her breasts at a pig roast did not intrude on her privacy.
    Ex: He was incredulous when he sussed that the noises came from bona-fide gibbons.
    * descubrir Algo = make + a discovery.
    * descubrir el pastel = blow + the gaff, spill + the beans, let + the cat out of the bag.
    * descubrir una mina de oro = strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * descubrir un secreto = spill + the beans, blow + the gaff, let + the cat out of the bag.
    * posibilidad de descubrir = discoverability.
    * sin descubrir = undiscovered.
    * volver a descubrir = rediscover.

    * * *
    vt
    A
    1 ‹tierras/sustancia/fenómeno› to discover; ‹oro/ruinas/cadáver› to discover, find
    en los análisis han descubierto unos anticuerpos extraños the tests have revealed o ( BrE) shown up the presence of unusual antibodies
    todavía no se ha descubierto el virus causante de la enfermedad the virus responsible for causing the disease has not yet been identified
    durante mi investigación descubrí este expediente in the course of my research I discovered o unearthed this dossier
    he descubierto un restaurante fabuloso cerca de aquí I've discovered a wonderful restaurant nearby
    2 ‹artista/atleta› to discover
    B
    1 (enterarse de, averiguar) to discover, find out
    descubrió que lo habían engañado he discovered o found out that he had been tricked
    aún no se han descubierto las causas del accidente the causes of the accident have not yet been established
    el complot fue descubierto a tiempo the plot was uncovered in time
    descubrieron el fraude cuando ya era demasiado tarde the fraud was detected when it was already too late
    en momentos como éstos descubres quiénes son los verdaderos amigos it's at times like these that you find out who your real friends are
    2 ‹persona escondida› to find, track down
    3 ‹culpable› find … out
    no dijo nada por miedo a que lo descubrieran he said nothing for fear that he might be found out
    4 (delatar) to give … away
    la carta los descubrió the letter gave them away
    estamos preparando una fiesta para Pilar, no nos descubras we're arranging a party for Pilar, so don't give the game away
    C
    1 ‹estatua/placa› to unveil
    2 ( liter) (dejar ver) ‹cuerpo/forma› to reveal
    3 (revelar) ‹planes/intenciones› to reveal
    A ( refl) (quitarse el sombrero) to take one's hat off; ‹rostro› to uncover
    se descubrió el brazo para enseñar las cicatrices he pulled up his sleeve to show the scars
    ¡me descubro! I take my hat off to you/him/them
    B (delatarse) to give oneself away
    * * *

     

    descubrir ( conjugate descubrir) verbo transitivo
    1 ‹tierras/oro/artista› to discover
    2
    a) (enterarse de, averiguar) ‹razón/solución› to discover, find out;

    ‹complot/engaño› to uncover;
    ‹ fraude› to detect

    c) ‹ culpable› find … out

    d) ( delatar) to give … away

    3
    a) ‹estatua/placa› to unveil

    b) ( revelar) ‹planes/intenciones› to reveal

    descubrir verbo transitivo
    1 (algo oculto o ignorado) to discover
    (un plan secreto) to uncover
    (oro, petróleo, etc) to find
    2 (algo tapado) to uncover, (una placa conmemorativa) to unveil
    3 (enterarse) to find out: descubrió que no era hija de su padre, she found out that she wasn't her father's daughter
    4 (revelar, manifestar) to give away
    ' descubrir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adivinar
    - delatar
    - desvelar
    - encontrarse
    - hallar
    - instigación
    - sacar
    - coger
    - destapar
    - encontrar
    English:
    bare
    - bean
    - call
    - detect
    - dig out
    - discover
    - expose
    - find
    - find out
    - search out
    - see
    - show up
    - smell out
    - strike
    - uncover
    - unveil
    - cat
    - divine
    - ferret
    - rediscover
    - spot
    - spy
    - trace
    - unearth
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [hallar] to discover;
    [petróleo] to strike, to find; [oro, plutonio] to find; [nuevas tierras, artista, novedad científica] to discover;
    no han descubierto la causa de su enfermedad they haven't discovered the cause of his illness;
    callejeando descubrimos un bar irlandés we came across an Irish bar as we wandered about the streets;
    la policía descubrió al secuestrador the police found the kidnapper;
    Fam Hum
    ¡has descubierto América! you've reinvented the wheel
    2. [destapar] [estatua, placa] to unveil;
    [complot, parte del cuerpo] to uncover; [cualidades, defectos] to reveal;
    los periodistas descubrieron un caso de estafa the reporters uncovered a case of fraud;
    la entrevista nos descubrió otra faceta de su personalidad the interview revealed another aspect of his character;
    descubrir el pastel to let the cat out of the bag, to give the game away
    3. [enterarse de] to discover, to find out;
    ¿qué has conseguido descubrir? what have you managed to find out?;
    descubrió que su mujer lo engañaba he discovered o found out that his wife was cheating on him
    4. [vislumbrar] to spot, to spy
    5. [delatar] to give away;
    una indiscreción la descubrió an indiscreet remark gave her away
    * * *
    <part descubierto> v/t
    1 territorio, cura etc discover
    2 ( averiguar) discover, find out
    3 poner de manifiesto uncover, reveal; estatua unveil
    * * *
    descubrir {2} vt
    1) hallar: to discover, to find out
    2) revelar: to uncover, to reveal
    * * *
    1. (encontrar, hallar) to discover
    2. (averiguar, enterarse) to find out [pt. & pp. found]

    Spanish-English dictionary > descubrir

  • 18 charge

    tʃɑ:dʒ
    1. сущ.
    1) а) заряд charge of gunpowder ≈ пороховой заряд positive (negative) charge ≈ положительный (отрицательный) заряд б) амер. одна доза, инъекция наркотика;
    марихуана, особ. сигарета с марихуаной в) сл. заряд (имеющаяся или скопившаяся в человеке, художественном произведении и т. п. энергия) the deeply emotional charge of the drama ≈ огромный эмоциональный заряд драмы г) амер.;
    сл. возбуждение, приятное волнение He got a charge out of the game. ≈ Он почувствовал приятное возбуждение от игры. He was getting a charge out of being close to something big. ≈ Он испытывал приятное волнение, находясь рядом с чем-то большим. Syn: thrill, kick I
    1.
    2) допускаемая нагрузка, загрузка
    3) геральдика любой девиз, символ, фигура на геральдическом щите
    4) а) обязанности, ответственность;
    руководство He has charge of the home office. ≈ Он отвечает за главный офис. This ward of the hospital is in/under the charge of Dr. Green. ≈ Эта палата находится в ведении доктора Грина. Syn: commission
    1., trust
    1. responsibility, obligation, management, supervision б) забота, попечение, надзор, наблюдение (когда речь идет о человеке или животном) ;
    хранение (вещи) children in charge of a nurse ≈ дети под присмотром няни Mary was put in charge of the child. ≈ Мери поручили присматривать за ребенком. I hope you'll never become a charge on the public. ≈ Я надеюсь, что ты никогда не будешь просить милостыню. Syn: care
    1., custody, superintendence ∙ place in charge of put in charge of - take charge of give in charge
    5) а) подопечный young charges ≈ дети, находящиеся на попечении( у кого-л.) б) церк. паства
    6) а) указание, предписание;
    приказ;
    наказ Syn: precept, injunction, instruction, mandate
    1., order
    1., command
    1. б) юр. напутствие судьи присяжным в) церк. послание епископа к пастве
    7) а) цена;
    мн. расходы, издержки at his own charge ≈ на его собственный счет to make a charge ≈ сделать некоторые расходы to reverse( the) charges, to transfer( the) charges брит.≈ изменять цены exorbitant charge ≈ очень высокие цены reasonable charge ≈ разумная цена admission charge ≈ вступительный взнос service charge ≈ плата за обслуживание There will be no charge for installation. ≈ Установка будет осуществлена бесплатно. free of charge ≈ бесплатно, даром charges forward ≈ доставка за счет покупателя Syn: expense, cost
    1. б) занесение на счет
    8) налог
    9) а) обвинение to bring, level, make a charge ≈ предъявить обвинение to bring charges of forgery against smb. ≈ обвинить кого-л. в подделывании денег to concoct, cook up, fabricate, trump up a charge ≈ фабриковать обвинение They trumped up various charges against her. ≈ Они сфабриковали против нее целый ворох обвинений. to prove, substantiate a charge ≈ доказать обвинение to face a charge ≈ быть обвиненным в чем-либо;
    смело встречать обвинение to lay to smb.'s charge ≈ обвинять кого-л. to dismiss a charge, to throw out a charge ≈ отклонять обвинение, опровергать обвинение The judge dismissed all charges. ≈ Судья снял все обвинения. to drop, retract, withdraw a charge ≈ отказываться от обвинения to deny, refute, repudiate a charge ≈ отрицать обвинение baseless, fabricated, false, trumped-up charge ≈ лживое обвинение, сфабрикованное обвинение frivolous charge ≈ пустое, пустячное обвинение charge of murder ≈ обвинение в убийстве to be arrested on various charges ≈ быть арестованным на основании нескольких обвинений Syn: accusation б) (полиц. жаргон) обвиняемый One by one the 'charges' were brought in and set before him. ≈ Обвиняемых вводили одного за другим и ставили перед ним.
    10) а) воен. (стремительная) атака, наступление to lead a charge against, to make a charge against ≈ идти в атаку против кого-л. to fight off a charge, to repel a charge, to repulse a charge ≈ отражать атаку, отражать нападение, давать отпор bayonet charge ≈ штыковая атака cavalry charge ≈ кавалерийская атака infantry charge ≈ наступление пехоты б) атака, нападение (о крупных животных, игроках, напр., в футболе и т. п.) в) сигнал атаки a trumpet charge ≈ сигнал трубы к наступлению to sound the charge ≈ возвестить о начале наступления, дать сигнал к наступлению
    11) метал. шихта;
    колоша ∙ return to the charge
    2. гл.
    1) заряжать (оружие;
    аккумулятор) (with) The wire is charged with electricity. ≈ Этот провод под напряжением. The terrorists charged the bomb with an explosive substance. ≈ Террористы зарядили бомбу взрывчаткой. Syn: load
    2.
    2) а) нагружать;
    загружать (уголь в топку и т. п.) б) насыщать, наполнять (напр., воду минеральными веществами, воздух парами и т. д.) в) заполнять, наполнять, пронизывать;
    обременять The music is charged with excitement. ≈ Вся музыка проникнута трепетом. His poetry is charged with strength and feeling. ≈ Его поэзия блещет мощью и чувством. The stores of fact with which his memory was charged. ≈ Хранилище фактов, которыми была обременена его память.
    3) геральдика помещать на щите какой-л. символ
    4) поручать, давать поручение, возлагать( ответственность и т. п.) They chargeed him with the job of finding a new meeting place. ≈ Они поручили ему найти новое место для сборищ. to charge oneself with ≈ взять на себя заботу о чем-л., ответственность за что-л.
    5) а) указывать, предписывать;
    приказывать, требовать I charge you not to go. ≈ Я требую, чтобы вы остались. Syn: command
    2., order
    2., enjoin б) юр. напутствовать присяжных( о судье) в) наставлять паству (о епископе)
    6) а) назначать, запрашивать цену They charged us ten dollars for it. ≈ Они взяли с нас за это десять долларов. What do you charge for it? ≈ Сколько вы просите за это? Сколько это стоит? How much does the hotel charge for a room? ≈ Сколько стоит номер в этом отеле? to charge on ≈ взимать б) записывать в долг;
    записывать на чей-л. счет Charge the goods against/to my account. ≈ Запишите эти вещи на мой счет.
    7) а) порицать, осуждать;
    обвинять They charges him with armed robbery. ≈ Они обвиняют его в вооруженном ограблении. They were charged as being instigators. ≈ Им предъявили обвинение в подстрекательстве. Syn: blame
    2., censure
    2., accuse б) возлагать ответственность, приписывать charge her failure to negligence ≈ приписать неудачу ее халатности
    8) а) изготавливать( оружие) к бою б) воен. атаковать( особ. в конном строю) в) нападать, атаковать, набрасываться;
    напирать, наседать to charge at ≈ нападать на кого-л. You should have seen me run when that goat charged at me! ≈ Ты бы видел, как этот козел на меня побежал! to charge down ≈ кидаться к кому-л. When Mother returned from the hospital, the children charged down to meet her. ≈ Когда мама вернулась из больницы, дети ринулись ей навстречу. to charge into ≈ врываться ∙ Syn: attack
    2. ∙ charge against charge down charge off charge with нагрузка, загрузка;
    - * of surety( специальное) допускаемая нагрузка;
    - additional * (специальное) догрузка;
    - reactivity * (специальное) запас реактивности заряд - the emotional * of the drama эмоциональный заряд этой драмы сигарета с марихуаной приятное волнение, возбуждение;
    наслаждение, удовольствие;
    - to get a * out of smth. получать удовольствие от чего-л запись о выдаче книг абонементная запись (геральдика) фигура (техническое) шихта колоша (техническое) горючая смесь( горное) заряд шпура забота, попечение;
    надзор;
    хранение;
    - to be in * of иметь на попечении или на хранении;
    отвечать за( кого-л, что-л) преим. (американизм) быть на попечении, находиться на хранении;
    - I leave you in * of him я оставляю его на ваше попечение;
    - children in * of a nurse дети под присмотром няни;
    - I leave this in your * оставляю это вам на хранение;
    - to be in * находиться под арестом;
    - to give smb. in * передать кого-л. в руки полиции;
    - to give smb. * over smth. поручать кому-л. что-л.;
    отдать кому-л. всю власть над чем-л. лицо, состоящее на попечении;
    подопечный, питомец;
    - her little *s ее маленькие питомцы;
    - he became a public * заботу о нем взяло на себя общество( церковное) паства (разговорное) заключенный, арестант обязанности;
    ответственность;
    руководство;
    - to be in * заведовать, ведать;
    руководить;
    - I am in * of this office я заведую этим учреждением;
    - he is in sole * of the matter он несет единоличную ответственность за это дело;
    быть за старшего, стоять во главе;
    - who is in * here? (разговорное) кто здесь главный?, к кому здесь можно обратиться? дежурить, быть дежурным, нести дежурство;
    - officer in * дежурный офицер;
    быть в ведении;
    - this office is in my * это учреждение подчинено мне;
    - to put in * поставить во главе;
    - to have over-all * осуществлять общее руководство предписание;
    приказ;
    наказ;
    поручение;
    требование (юридическое) напутствование присяжных заседателей председателем суда( церковное) пастырское послание епископа обвинение;
    - to lay smth. to smb.'s * обвинять кого-л. в чем-л.;
    - to bring a * against smb. предъявлять кому-л. обвинение;
    - to be acquitted of the * быть оправданным;
    - he was arrested on a * of murder он был арестован по обвинению в убийстве;
    - what is the * against him? в чем он обвиняется? цена, плата;
    - free of * бесплатно;
    - no * for admission вход бесплатный;
    - * for admittance входная плата;
    - to be a * against smb. подлежать оплате кем-л. преим. pl расходы, издержки;
    - at one's own *(s) за свой счет;
    - he gave the banquet at his own * все расходы по банкету он взял на себя;
    - * forward расходы подлежат оплате грузополучателем;
    доставка за счет покупателя занесение на счет - the sum has been placed to your * сумма отнесена на ваш счет налог;
    сбор;
    начисление;
    - port *s портовые сборы;
    - there is a small * for registering the deed за регистрацию акта нужно уплатить небольшой сбор долговое обязательство, ипотека;
    обременение;
    дебет;
    - floating * краткосрочный государственный долг;
    - * sales продажа в кредит;
    - * file (несовременное) картотека книжных формуляров - * slip книжный формуляр (военное) атака;
    - to rush to the * броситься в атаку;
    - to return to the * возобновить атаку сигнал атаки;
    - to sound the * трубить атаку нападение наступление, нападение, атака нагружать, загружать;
    - the lorry was *d to the full грузовик был нагружен до предела обременять;
    - to * one's memory with trifles забивать голову пустяками насыщать;
    наполнять;
    пропитывать;
    пронизывать;
    - *d with electricity насыщенный электричеством;
    - the air was *d with steam в воздухе стоял пар;
    - he is always *d with energy and power он всегда полон энергии и силы наполнять (стакан) ;
    - * your glasses and drink to my health! налейте бокал и выпейте за мое здоровье! заряжать (оружие) поручать, вверять;
    вменять в обязанность;
    возлагать ответственность;
    - I am *d to give you this letter мне поручено передать вам это письмо;
    - he was *d with an important mission на него была возложена важная миссия;
    - he has *d me with his son он поручил мне своего сына;
    он оставил сына на мое попечение;
    - to * with individual responsibility возлагать личную ответственность;
    - to * oneself with smth. взять на себя заботу о чем-л предписывать, приказывать;
    требовать;
    предлагать;
    - I * you to open the door! приказываю вам открыть дверь!;
    - the watchmen were *d to remain at their posts караульным было приказано оставаться на своих постах;
    - his mother *d him to look out for his little brother мать велела ему присмотреть за братишкой;
    - I * you not to accept the gift я запрещаю вам принимать этот подарок( юридическое) обвинять;
    выдвигать или предъявлять обвинение;
    - to * smb. with a crime, to * a crime upon smb. обвинять кого-л в совершении преступления;
    - to * with murder обвинять в убийстве;
    - the crimes *d against them преступления, в которых они обвинялись;
    - we ought not to * what we cannot prove нельзя выдвигать бездоказательные обвинения;
    - to * that... (американизм) выдвигать обвинение в том, что... вменять в вину;
    возлагать ответственность;
    приписывать;
    - to * smb. with neglecting his duty обвинить кого-л в пренебрежении своими обязанностями;
    - to * a fault on smb. приписывать кому-л ошибку;
    возлагать на кого-л ответственность за ошибку назначать, запрашивать цену, плату;
    взимать;
    - to * a high price назначить высокую цену;
    - how much do you * for packing? сколько вы берете за упаковку? записывать в долг;
    относить или записывать на счет;
    (бухгалтерское) дебетовать;
    - to * to account поставить на счет;
    - * these goods to me запишите эту покупку на мой счет;
    счет за покупку пришлите мне;
    - shall I * it? прислать вам счет;
    - we shall * the loss against you убыток мы отнесем на ваш счет;
    - to * the public (американизм) относить за счет государства;
    - to * forward наложить платеж;
    взыскать наложенным платежом;
    - expenses *d forward с наложенным платежом за расходы (военное) атаковать;
    - our soldiers *d the enemy наши войска атаковали неприятеля нападать, атаковать, набрасываться;
    напирать, наседать;
    - the police *d the strikers полиция напала на стачечников;
    - the dog *d at me собака бросилась на меня;
    - the horses *d into the crowd лошади врезались в толпу;
    - our players * again and again наша команда снова и снова переходила в нападение газировать( воду) записывать выдачу книг, делать абонементную запись наводить, нацеливать( юридическое) напутствовать присяжных заседателей (геральдика) изображать на щите;
    - he *s three roses у него в гербе три золотые розы (разговорное) см. charge d'affaires account administration ~ плата за ведение счетов additional ~ доплата additional ~ надбавка additional management ~ дополнительные затраты на содержание управленческого аппарата administrative ~ административные расходы annual depreciation ~ годовая сумма начисленного износа ~ цена;
    pl расходы, издержки;
    at his own charge на его собственный счет;
    free of charge бесплатно;
    charges forward доставка за счет покупателя at no ~ бесплатно bank ~ банковские расходы bank ~ банковский комиссионный платеж bank ~ банковский сбор ~ обязанности;
    ответственность;
    I am in charge of this department этот отдел подчинен мне, я заведую этим отделом;
    to be in charge воен. быть за старшего, командовать be in ~ of быть на попечении be in ~ of иметь на попечении be in ~ of иметь на хранении be in ~ of находиться на хранении be in ~ of отвечать bring a ~ against предъявлять обвинение car hire ~ плата за прокат автомобиля card ~ оплата по карточке carriage ~ плата за перевозку carriage ~ стоимость перевозки carrying ~ процент, взимаемый брокерами за ссуду под ценные бумаги carrying ~ стоимость кредита при продаже товара в рассрочку carrying ~ стоимость хранения наличного товара carrying ~ стоимость хранения товара во фьючерсной торговле carrying ~ сумма, которую клиент платит брокеру при покупке ценных бумаг в кредит carrying ~ текущие расходы carrying ~ эксплуатационные расходы charge аргументация в исковом заявлении в опровержение предполагаемых доводов ответчика ~ воен. атаковать (особ. в конном строю) ~ взыскивать ~ вменять в обязанность ~ возлагать ответственность ~ возлагать расход ~ выдвигать обвинение ~ дебет ~ долговое обязательство ~ забота, попечение;
    надзор;
    хранение;
    children in charge of a nurse дети, порученные няне;
    a nurse in charge of children няня, которой поручена забота о детях ~ заведывание, руководство, попечение, ведение ~ заведывание ~ загружать ~ заключительное обращение судьи к присяжным ~ заключительное обращение судьи к присяжным заседателям ~ залоговое право ~ записывать в долг ~ записывать на дебет ~ запрашивать цену ~ лицо, находящееся на попечении ~ нагружать ~ назначать цену ~ начисление, начислять, сбор, налог, облагать ~ начислять сбор ~ обвинение ~ юр. обвинение ~ обвинять ~ обращение взыскания ~ обременение вещи, залоговое право ~ обременение вещи ~ юр. обязанность ~ обязательство ~ обязывать ~ юр. ответственность ~ относить на счет ~ письменная детализация требований стороны по делу ~ плата ~ попечение ~ поручать ~ поручение ~ предлагать ~ предписание ~ предписывать ~ предъявлять обвинение ~ пункт обвинения ~ расход ~ руководство ~ юр. заключительная речь судьи к присяжным ~ занесение на счет ~ записывать в долг ~ заряд ~ заряжать (оружие;
    аккумулятор) ~ лицо, состоящее на попечении;
    her little charges ее маленькие питомцы;
    young charges дети, находящиеся на (чьем-л.) попечении ~ нагружать;
    загружать;
    обременять (память) ;
    насыщать;
    наполнять (стакан вином при тосте) ~ нагрузка, загрузка;
    бремя ~ назначать цену, просить( for - за что-л.) ;
    they charged us ten dollars for it они взяли с нас за это десять долларов ~ налог ~ воен. нападение, атака (тж. перен.- в разговоре, споре) ;
    сигнал к атаке;
    to return to the charge возобновить атаку ~ юр. напутствовать присяжных (о судье) ~ обвинение;
    to lay to (smb.'s) charge обвинять (кого-л.) ~ обвинять;
    to charge with murder обвинять в убийстве ~ обязанности;
    ответственность;
    I am in charge of this department этот отдел подчинен мне, я заведую этим отделом;
    to be in charge воен. быть за старшего, командовать ~ церк. паства ~ поручать, вверять;
    to charge with an important mission давать важное поручение;
    to charge oneself (with smth.) взять на себя заботу (о чем-л.), ответственность (за что-л.) ~ церк. послание епископа к пастве ~ предписание;
    поручение;
    требование ~ предписывать;
    требовать (особ. о судье, епископе) ;
    I charge you to obey я требую, чтобы вы повиновались ~ сбор ~ тариф ~ требование ~ требовать оплату ~ требовать цену ~ цена;
    pl расходы, издержки;
    at his own charge на его собственный счет;
    free of charge бесплатно;
    charges forward доставка за счет покупателя ~ цена, назначать цену, расход, возлагать расход ~ цена ~ метал. шихта;
    колоша ~ d'affaires( pl charges d'affaires) фр. дип. поверенный в делах d'affaires: d'affaires: charge ~ поверенный в делах ~ for a call плата за телефонный разговор ~ for checking плата за проверку ~ of fraud обвинение в мошенничестве ~ on assets established by court order плата за фонды, установленная постановлением суда ~ поручать, вверять;
    to charge with an important mission давать важное поручение;
    to charge oneself (with smth.) взять на себя заботу (о чем-л.), ответственность (за что-л.) ~ to account относить на счет ~ to jury напутствие присяжных ~ to own capital относить на собственный капитал ~ поручать, вверять;
    to charge with an important mission давать важное поручение;
    to charge oneself (with smth.) взять на себя заботу (о чем-л.), ответственность (за что-л.) ~ обвинять;
    to charge with murder обвинять в убийстве ~ цена;
    pl расходы, издержки;
    at his own charge на его собственный счет;
    free of charge бесплатно;
    charges forward доставка за счет покупателя forward: charges ~ расходы подлежат оплате грузополучателем ~ забота, попечение;
    надзор;
    хранение;
    children in charge of a nurse дети, порученные няне;
    a nurse in charge of children няня, которой поручена забота о детях clearance ~ стоимость таможенной очистки COD ~ сбор за отправление наложенным платежом collection ~ затраты на инкассирование collection ~ затраты на сбор страховых взносов community ~ местный налог customs clearance ~ уплата таможенной пошлины customs formality ~ таможенная пошлина daily wagon-hire ~ суточная плата за аренду вагона delinquency ~ взимание просроченного платежа delinquency ~ пеня за задержку платежа delivery ~ плата за доставку demand ~ платеж по требованию deny the ~ отрицать обвинение deny: ~ отрицать;
    to deny the charge отвергать обвинение depositary's ~ плата за хранение в депозитарии detention ~ возмещение за простой судна сверх контрсталии dismiss the ~ отклонять обвинение dispatch ~ плата за отправку dispatching ~ стоимость отправки drop-off ~ плата за возврат контейнера dunning ~ взыскиваемый налог dunning ~ востребованный налог effluent ~ плата за выбросы в окружающую среду empty equipment handover ~ расходы на порожние перевозки express delivery ~ почт. сбор за срочную доставку extra ~ дополнительная плата fixed ~ постоянные затраты fixed ~ постоянные издержки fixed ~ финансовые платежи с фиксированными сроками уплаты flat ~ разовый платеж floating ~ краткосрочный государственный долг ~ цена;
    pl расходы, издержки;
    at his own charge на его собственный счет;
    free of charge бесплатно;
    charges forward доставка за счет покупателя free: ~ of charge безвозмездный ~ of charge бесплатно ~ of charge бесплатный;
    free of debt не имеющий долгов, задолженности ~ of charge бесплатный freight ~ плата за провоз this is left in my ~ and is not my own это оставлено мне на хранение, это не мое;
    to give (smb.) in charge передать (кого-л.) в руки полиции handling ~ транс. плата за обработку грузов handling ~ транс. плата за перевалку грузов handling ~ транс. плата за перегрузку handling ~ плата за погрузочно-разгрузочные работы ~ лицо, состоящее на попечении;
    her little charges ее маленькие питомцы;
    young charges дети, находящиеся на (чьем-л.) попечении ~ обязанности;
    ответственность;
    I am in charge of this department этот отдел подчинен мне, я заведую этим отделом;
    to be in charge воен. быть за старшего, командовать ~ предписывать;
    требовать (особ. о судье, епископе) ;
    I charge you to obey я требую, чтобы вы повиновались in ~ of ответственный за initial ~ первоначальный сбор issue ~ эмиссионный сбор land ~ налог с земельной собственности ~ обвинение;
    to lay to (smb.'s) charge обвинять (кого-л.) leasing ~ плата за аренду legal ~ судебная пошлина legal ~ судебный сбор loading ~ надбавка к тарифной ставке, компенсирующая расходы по страхованию loading ~ плата за погрузочные работы loading ~ плата за управление капиталом, внесенным в общий инвестиционный траст-фонд lowest ~ самая низкая плата maintenance ~ плата за техническое обслуживание minimum ~ минимальный тариф minimum ~ наименьшая плата за перевозку груза minimum utilization ~ минимальная плата за использование контейнера monthly licence ~ (MLC) ежемесячная плата за лицензию nonrecurring ~ разовый расход ~ забота, попечение;
    надзор;
    хранение;
    children in charge of a nurse дети, порученные няне;
    a nurse in charge of children няня, которой поручена забота о детях one-time ~ (OTC) разовый сбор OTC: OTC, one-time charge разовый сбор operating ~ текущий сбор overdraft ~ комиссионный сбор за предоставление кредита по текущему счету parking ~ плата за парковку penalty ~ штраф per diem ~ плата на основе суточных ставок per diem ~ суточный тариф prefer a ~ выдвигать обвинение prior ~ предварительный платеж protest ~ комиссионный платеж за оформление протеста векселя quarrying ~ плата за разработку карьера reduced ~ льготный тариф refrigerated vehicle ~ тариф за перевозки в авторефрижераторе refrigerator wagon ~ фрахт за перевозки в вагоне-рефрижераторе renewal ~ возобновительный взнос rent ~ плата за прокат rental ~ плата за прокат ~ воен. нападение, атака (тж. перен.- в разговоре, споре) ;
    сигнал к атаке;
    to return to the charge возобновить атаку road ~ дорожный сбор road maintenance ~ плата за содержание дорог sales ~ комиссионный сбор, уплачиваемый инвестором брокеру при покупке или продаже участия во взаимном инвестиционном фонде service ~ затраты на обслуживание service ~ плата за обслуживание service ~ расходы на обслуживание service ~ сбор за обслуживание service ~ тариф за обслуживание stand-by arrangement ~ затраты на содержание резервной мощности state ~ государственные расходы statutory ~ установленный платеж statutory ~ установленный сбор statutory ~ установленный тариф storage ~ плата за хранение storage ~ складские расходы street ~ неофициальный платеж take-off ~ сбор за взлет tax ~ начисление налога telephone ~ плата за телефонный разговор ~ назначать цену, просить (for - за что-л.) ;
    they charged us ten dollars for it они взяли с нас за это десять долларов this is left in my ~ and is not my own это оставлено мне на хранение, это не мое;
    to give (smb.) in charge передать (кого-л.) в руки полиции trade ~ почтовый сбор utilization ~ стоимость утилизации wagon demurrage ~ плата за простой вагона warehousing ~ складской сбор what do you ~ for it? сколько вы просите за это?, сколько это стоит? withdraw a ~ отказываться от обвинения ~ лицо, состоящее на попечении;
    her little charges ее маленькие питомцы;
    young charges дети, находящиеся на (чьем-л.) попечении

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > charge

  • 19 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 20 Media

       The purpose of the media during the Estado Novo (1926-74) was to communicate official government policy. Therefore, the government strictly censored newspapers, magazines, and books. Radio and television broadcasting was in the hands of two state-owned companies: Radiodifusão Portuguesa (RDP) and Radiotelevisão Portuguesa (RTP). The first TV broadcasts aired in March 1957, and the official state visit of Queen Elizabeth II of Great Britain to Portugal was featured. The only independent broadcasting company during the Estado Novo was the Catholic Church's Radio Renascença. Writers and journalists who violated the regime's guidelines were severely sanctioned. Under Prime Minister Marcello Caetano, censorship was relaxed somewhat, and writers were allowed to publish critical and controversial works without fear of punishment. Caetano attempted to "speak to the people" through television. Daily program content consisted of little more than government-controlled (and censored) news programs and dull documentaries.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, censorship was abolished. As the revolution veered leftward, some sectors of the media were seized by opponents of the views they expressed. The most famous case was the seizure of Radio Renascença by those who sought to bring it into line with the drift leftward. State ownership of the media was increased after 25 April 1974, when banks were nationalized because most banks owned at least one newspaper. As the Revolution moderated and as banking was privatized during the 1980s and 1990s, newspapers were also privatized.
       The history of two major Lisbon dailies illustrates recent cycles of Portuguese politics and pressures. O Século, a major Lisbon daily paper was founded in 1881 and was influenced by Republican, even Masonic ideas. When the first Republic began in 1910, the editorials of O Século defended the new system, but the economic and social turmoil disillusioned the paper's directors. In 1924, O Século, under publisher João Pereira da Rosa, called for political reform and opposed the Democratic Party, which monopolized elections and power in the Republic. This paper was one of the two most important daily papers, and it backed the military coup of 28 May 1926 and the emergent military dictatorship. Over the history of the Estado Novo, this paper remained somewhat to the left of the other major daily paper in Lisbon, Diário de Notícias, but in 1972 the paper suffered a severe financial crisis and was bought by a Lisbon banker. During the more chaotic times after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, O Século experienced its own time of turmoil, in which there was a split between workers and editors, firings, resignations, and financial trouble. After a series of financial problems and controversy over procommunist staff, the paper was suspended and then ceased publication in February 1977. In the 1990s, there was a brief but unsuccessful attempt to revive O Século.
       Today, the daily paper with the largest circulation is Diário de Notícias of Lisbon, which was established in 1883. It became the major daily paper of record, but after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, like O Século, the paper suffered difficulties, both political and financial. One of its editors in the "hot" summer of 1975 was José Saramago, future Nobel Prize winner in literature, and there was an internal battle in the editorial rooms between factions. The paper was, like O Século, nationalized in 1976, but in 1991, Diário de Notícias was reprivatized and today it continues to be the daily paper of record, leading daily circulation.
       Currently, about 20 daily newspapers are published in Portugal, in Lisbon, the capital, as well as in the principal cities of Oporto, Coimbra, and Évora. The major Lisbon newspapers are Diário de Notícias (daily and newspaper of record), Publico (daily), Correia da Manha (daily), Jornal de Noticias (daily), Expresso (weekly), The Portugal News (English language weekly), The Resident (English language weekly), and Get Real Weekly (English language).
       These papers range from the excellent, such as Público and the Diário de Notícias, to the sensationalistic, such as Correio da Manhã. Portugal's premier weekly newspaper is Expresso, founded by Francisco Balsemão during the last years of Marcello Caetano's governance, whose modern format, spirit, and muted criticism of the regime helped prepare public opinion for regime change in 1974. Another weekly is O Independente, founded in 1988, which specializes in political satire. In addition to these newspapers, Portugal has a large number of newspapers and magazines published for a specific readership: sports fans, gardeners, farmers, boating enthusiasts, etc. In addition to the two state-owned TV channels, Portugal has two independent channels, one of which is operated by the Catholic Church. TV programming is now diverse and sophisticated, with a great variety of programs of both domestic and foreign content. The most popular TV programs have been soap operas and serialized novels ( telenovelas) imported from Brazil. In the 1990s, Portugal attempted to produce its own telenovelas and soap operas, but these have not been as popular as the more exotic Brazilian imports.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Media

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • State of Deseret — The boundaries of the provisional State of Deseret (orange with black outline) as proposed in 1849. Modern state boundaries underlaid for reference. The State of Deseret was a proposed state of the United States, propositioned in 1849 by Latter… …   Wikipedia

  • New York Methodist Hospital — in Park Slope, Brooklyn New York Methodist Hospital is a hospital located in the historic brownstone neighborhood of Park Slope in Brooklyn, New York. between Seventh and Eighth Avenues, on Sixth Street. The hospital is a 651 bed voluntary, non… …   Wikipedia

  • New York Dolls — For the self titled debut album, see New York Dolls (album). New York Dolls The New York Dolls in 2006. Background information Origin …   Wikipedia

  • New Zealand — New Zealander. /zee leuhnd/ a country in the S Pacific, SE of Australia, consisting of North Island, South Island, and adjacent small islands: a member of the Commonwealth of Nations. 3,587,275; 103,416 sq. mi. (267,845 sq. km). Cap.: Wellington …   Universalium

  • New York — New Yorker. 1. Also called New York State. a state in the NE United States. 17,557,288; 49,576 sq. mi. (128,400 sq. km). Cap.: Albany. Abbr.: NY (for use with zip code), N.Y. 2. Also called New York City. a seaport in SE New York at the mouth of… …   Universalium

  • New Mexico — New Mexican. a state in the SW United States. 1,299,968; 121,666 sq. mi. (315,115 sq. km). Cap.: Santa Fe. Abbr.: NM (for use with zip code), N. Mex., N.M. * * * State (pop., 2000: 1,819,046), southwestern U.S. Bordered by Mexico and the U.S.… …   Universalium

  • New Haven, Connecticut — New Haven redirects here. For other uses, see New Haven (disambiguation). City of New Haven   City   Skyline of Downtown New Haven …   Wikipedia

  • New Netherland — Nieuw Nederland Dutch colony 1614–1667 …   Wikipedia

  • New York Chiropractic College — NYCC Established 1919 Endowment $36.0 million[1] President Frank J. Nicchi, B.A.,D.C.,M.S. Stude …   Wikipedia

  • New Hampshire — New Hampshirite /hamp sheuh ruyt /, New Hampshireman. /hamp sheuhr, shear/ 1. a state in the NE United States. 920,610; 9304 sq. mi. (24,100 sq. km). Cap.: Concord. Abbr.: NH (for use with zip code), N.H. 2. one of an American breed of chestnut… …   Universalium

  • New York Jets — Current season Established 1960 Play in MetLife Stadium East Rutherford, New Jersey Headquartered in the Atlantic Health Jets Training Center Florham Park, New Jersey …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»